Agfa Drystar-5300 PDF

Technical
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS008.04E
Drystar 5300
*1WQ93Q1*
Type 5365 / 100
1 Piece WQ93Q MA1
1st Edition
POWE
R
printed in Germany 03 / 2004

Agfa Group Confidential
Technical
Documentation
Drystar 5300
*1WQ93Q1*
Type 5365 / 100
1 Piece WQ93Q MA1
1st Edition
To order spare parts and

spare part assortments:
Tel.:
Fax.:
xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 3760

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 7388
To order documentation:
Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553
Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7271
Caution:
This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified
electrician.
POWE
R
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified

technician.
CE Declaration:
The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed
without explicit consens of the manufacturer!
This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
AGFA-GEVAERT AG - MI CSO / Information & Projects

Tegernseer Landstr. 161 D-81539 Mnchen
printed in Germany 03 / 2004

OVERVIEW
Pictograms and Conventionen for this Documentation
0.
Orderlist, List of effective

page, notes
In this documentation some special conventions (pictograms, writing styles) are used, to
support, that you can easily recognize and find the required information.
1.
Controls, Connections and

Set Up Procedure
Meaning of the Pictograms
2.
Functional Description
3.
Repair and Service
3.1 Machine specific safety

intructions and hints for repair
work
3.2 Machine specific tools, Software
tools and auxiliary means
3.3 Troubleshooting
3.4 Electrical and mechanical
codes, fuse tables
3.5 Replacement of parts
3.6 Calibrations and adjustments
3.7 Software menues, Settings
3.8 Software-Releases, Patches
3.9 Frequently Asked Questions
4.
Reference and Circuit

Diagrams
5.
Spare Parts List
High Voltage !
Waiting Time
Attention !
Required
Tools
Info
Removal
Assembly
Hint
Mechanical Adjustment
Required
Spare Part
Electrical Adjustment
Required
Time
Calibration
Key-Operator menu
Service Menu
6.
Accessories
7.
Field Modifications
8.
Manufacturing Standard
Modifications
9.
Maintenance
Activity
Writing style
Example
Explanation for an action,
Switch on the device
Switch on the device
Activity with the mouse or return

key
<omni-cd.exe>
11. Installation Planning
Double click the icon

<omni-cd.exe>
required text entry via key

board
vips
12. Glossary and Key Word Index
Enter vips and click on

<Continue>
10. Fieldservice Bulletins
Conventions
HEALTHCARE
Generic Safety Directions
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS238.06E

for HealthCare Imaging Products
Purpose of this Document

This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant information including
relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for the Service Engineer.
It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products and part of each Service Documentation as well as
Installation Planning document.
The latest version is available via MedNet, GSO Library path:
General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Revision 1.2:
1.3
07-2009
Updated table with laser classification to latest changes of the

corresponding standard. See section 3.3.
Added section Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions.
See section 9.
Added safety note concerning inroom installations of CR equipment
and corresponding X-ray shielding. See section 17.
Added laser safety note and safety note concerning electrical checks
after repairs. See section 19.
Added treatment for Lithium batteries in sections 19 and 21.
Updated information concerning the recycling pass. See section 24.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 11849633

eq_generic_safety_directions_e_template_v01
Copyright 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS238.06E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document

(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the
equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

07-2009
Page 2 of 28
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
LIST OF CONTENTS
DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5
USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6
LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1
CE Mark................................................................................................... 7
3.2
System Labels ......................................................................................... 7
3.3
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation ............................................ 8
PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10
REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10
INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11
INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11
QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12
10
CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13
11
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14
12
COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14
13
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17
14
RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18
15
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18
16
GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19
17
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 20
18
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 22
19
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 23
20
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 26

07-2009
Page 3 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
21
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE

PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................27
22
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................27
23
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................27
24
RECYCLING ........................................................................................................27
25
WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................28
26
ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................28

07-2009
Page 4 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified
personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.
Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.
No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.
Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with
respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.
Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.
Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you dont
operate the product correctly or if you dont have it serviced correctly.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.
NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.

07-2009
Page 5 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Used Icons
Icon
Name and Circumstances

CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or
damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or
damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental
pollution can be the consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a
user, engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries
can be the consequence.
INSTRUCTION:
If used in combination with the warning or caution sign: Indicates
a specific instruction, which if followed exactly, avoids the
subject of the warning or caution.
If used without warning or caution sign: Indicates an instruction
where it is important to follow literally as described.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action.
Highlights unusual points.
Indicates background information.
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Is additional information without influence on the action or step!

07-2009
Page 6 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Labels
3.1
CE Mark
CE Mark
3.2
This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)

becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
System Labels
All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.
Hot Surface
Obstacles
Laser Beam
Corrosive Liquid
Magnetic Field Ionizing Radiation
High Voltage
Hand Injuries
C&W_005.cdr

07-2009
Page 7 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
3.3
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation

According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries.
Each laser source is classified from class 1 to class 4, based on standard
DIN EN 60825-1:2007.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.
Class #
Meaning
Class 1:
Not dangerous to the human eye, even

when using optical instruments. Can
nevertheless produce irritating effects,
especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Class 1 M:
Class 2:
Not dangerous to the human eye if no

optical instruments (magnifying glass or
binocular) are used.
Can nevertheless produce irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Dangerous to the human eye for
intentional staring into the beam.
Not dangerous for short term exposure
< 0,25 seconds.
Using optical instruments does not
increase the risk of eye injury.
Can even for short term exposure < 0,25
seconds produce dazzling and irritating
conditions.
Example Label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM

07-2009
Page 8 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Class #
Meaning
Class 2M:
Dangerous to the human eye when

staring into the beam or when using
optical instruments (magnifying glass or
telescope). No hazard for short term
exposure < 0,25 seconds (aversion
response of the eye) without use of
optical instruments. Can produce
dazzling and irritating effects even for
short term exposure < 0,25 seconds,
especially at low ambient light conditions.
Class 3R:
Example Label
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT
Possibly dangerous to the human eye for

direct view into the beam.
Risks of an eye injury is increasing with
duration of exposure.
Can produce dazzling and irritating
conditions.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT
Class 3B:
Normally dangerous to the human eye

for direct view into the beam.
Viewing diffuse reflections is normally not
dangerous.
Risk of small skin injuries or ignition of
explosive material if the power of the
laser beam is close to the upper limits of
class 3 B.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
Class 4:
Dangerous to the human eye for direct

view into the beam or viewing diffuse
reflections.
Very often class 4 lasers also implicate a
fire hazard.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EYE OR SKIN EXPOSURE
TO DIRECT OR SCATTERED
RADIATION

07-2009
Page 9 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Product Complaints
Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident
Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written
correspondence to the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com
Agfa Gevaert N.V.

Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 4485
References
Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).
Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf

07-2009
Page 10 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Intended Use
This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.
Intended User
This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic XRay
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.
Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks

This Technical Documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
and applicable environmental and occupational safety matters before attempting to work
with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make
sure that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the
force of law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.

07-2009
Page 11 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions

Each Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineer and Clinical Application Specialist:
Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the
environment.
When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury
to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions.
Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions.
Shall familiarise himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare
Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to
occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment.
Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences
to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation.
Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to
health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist
their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment.
Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are
responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained.
Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so.
Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working.
Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or
customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in
confidence, to the Health and Safety Co-ordinator, Global HSE Manager, or ultimately
to the Managing Director.
Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line
manager.
Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager.
Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous.
Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or
for compliance with regulations.

07-2009
Page 12 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
10
Connections to other Equipment

Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
The Agfa HealthCare products are designed to communicate with other devices in the
hospital network using DICOM protocols.
Connections to other equipment:

Warning:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.
INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.

Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been performed
in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized
national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard IEC
60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.

07-2009
Page 13 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
11
Accessories and Spare Parts

Parts and accessories replacement:
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.
INSTRUCTION:
12
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.
Compliance
Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:
Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)
ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The

products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.
ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY: Full quality assurance system

ISO 13485
ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION: The clinical evaluation follows a defined and

methodologically sound procedure.

07-2009
Page 14 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Applied Standards for HealthCare Imaging Products

IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for
basic safety and essential performance
ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices Application of risk management to medical devices
IEC 60601-1-2, It specifies the MANUFACTURER of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME
SYSTEM provides information to the RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION that is essential
in determining the suitability of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM for the
electromagnetic environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment
of use to permit the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM to maintain BASIC SAFETY and
provide its ESSENTIAL PERFORMANCE without disturbing other equipment.
Additional standards for documentation:
IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions - Structuring, content and presentation
Harmonization:
Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/
This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document
of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/ to assist development
of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a
global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user,
patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of
regulatory systems.
IECEE CB SCHEME
The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.
Details see www.iecee.org

07-2009
Page 15 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Radiation of radio frequency:

CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.
Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.

07-2009
Page 16 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
13
Safety Directions for Operation

Accessibility of the mains power switch:
CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.
Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare
service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this
Technical Documentation.
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
Ventilation openings must not be covered.
If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.
Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen which
may cause an explosion.

07-2009
Page 17 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:

Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
14
Radiation Protection
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the jurisdiction
in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those authorized by
the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be made of all
radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.
Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.
15
Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection
Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.

07-2009
Page 18 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
16
General Safety Directions for Service Activities
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service
activities.
During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).
When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a
PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.
Static discharge at electrical components:

CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this
strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.

07-2009
Page 19 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
17
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities

Protecting CR (Computed Radiography) Equipment against scattered X-Rays:
Warning:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way,
that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Protecting Film-Screen Systems against scattered X-Rays:

Warning:
Film is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual
dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Accessibility of the power disconnection device:

Warning:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
INSTRUCTION:
Do not position Agfa EQUIPMENT so it is difficult to operate the disconnection device

when an APPLIANCE COUPLER or separable plug is used as isolation.
Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.

07-2009
Page 20 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.
R = 1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
Patient environment
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:

Warning:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.
Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.
Fixing equipment at the ceiling:
CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

07-2009
Page 21 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
18
Safety Directions for Installation Activities
If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare

trained personnel.
If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted/carried to avoid injury. The relevant
instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by
mechanical means or by several people.
When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-cable
disconnecting device in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is
easily accessible.
Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g., a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Connection of the device to the power supply:

CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply:
INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains:
Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.

07-2009
Page 22 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Ground potential differences:

CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
INSTRUCTION:
19
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source as
the PC.
When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical environments

a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in different localities.
If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a HAZARD for the
OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.

07-2009
Page 23 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.
INSTRUCTION:
Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.
Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the manufacturer.
When removing lithium batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to
avoid short circuit of the battery:
Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its
original packing and secure the packing by tape.
Performing the electrical test according to national regulations:

WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead to
electric shocks.
After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains voltage
inform the responsible organization 1 about the necessity of the electrical test
according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
NOTE:
On MedNet, GSO Library path "General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual" a form IEC 62353:2007 Test Documentation for CR Digitizers is
available, to be handed out to the responsible organization (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
07-2009
Page 24 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Performing service activities at devices emitting laser radiation:

WARNING:
Laser radiation. Eye injury possible.
INSTRUCTION:
Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser
radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General
Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.
Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the
meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.
Do not look into the laser beam.
Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if
explicitly instructed to do so.
Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.
Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the
laser beam is switched on. Refer to the Functional Description in the
corresponding service manual.
Do not operate modules with laser outside the device.
Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
Cleaning optical elements:

CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.

07-2009
Page 25 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.
Opening PCs and Workstations:

Warning:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
Unplug before opening.
Observe anti-static safety regulations.
Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.
20
Safety Directions for remote Service Activities

Remote Service Activities:
Warning:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.

07-2009
Page 26 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
21
Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,

Accessories and Devices
22
In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)

must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.
Before returning any spare part with a built in lithium battery remove it and dispose the
batteries locally according to local waste regulations.
Safety Directions concerning Modifications

Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be
implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).
23
Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials

'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The Hazardous Material
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.
Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.
24
Recycling
Agfa HealthCare has Recycling Passports available for all equipment. The Recycling
Passport explains whether hazardous materials, special components and batteries are
present, where they are located and how they can be removed at the end of the life cycle.
The Recycling Passports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment
partners and companies that want to recycle end-of-life Agfa equipment.
To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling Passport please contact your
local Sales organization.

07-2009
Page 27 of 28
DD+DIS238.06E
25
Waste Disposal
On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive
2003/108/EC, came into force.
The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to
prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the
reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection
of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling.
This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual
European countries by August 13th 2005.
Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be
different within the European Member States.
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on
its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household
waste.
For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product,
please contact your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is
disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by
inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will
help to conserve natural resources.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators
please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.
26
Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)

AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customers site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMS, backup tapes, archive tapes.

07-2009
Page 28 of 28
DD+DIS346.05E
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures
Chapter 1:
List of contents
1
General Safety Instructions ............................................................................. 1
1.1
Safety Precautions ....................................................................................................... 1
1.2
Security precautions .................................................................................................... 3
1.3
Safety compliance ........................................................................................................ 4
1.4
Privacy and security ..................................................................................................... 5
Installation Prerequisites ................................................................................. 7
2.1
Check of Installation Site Prerequisites ..................................................................... 7
2.2
Comparison of Voltage indicated on Type Label with supplied Voltage in the

Installation Room.......................................................................................................... 8
2.3
Check of Shipment Completeness.............................................................................. 8
2.4
Printer Positioning........................................................................................................ 9
2.5
Transport Protection Locks Removal ......................................................................... 9
2.6
Cable Connection ....................................................................................................... 10
2.7
For Installations in China: Warning Label Attachment ........................................... 10
Printer Setup ................................................................................................... 11
3.1
Film Positioner Unit Adjustment to 11x14" if required ........................................... 11
3.2
Film Loading ............................................................................................................... 12
Printer Installation Wizard.............................................................................. 16
Printer Settings ............................................................................................... 18
5.1
Film Calibration........................................................................................................... 19
5.2
Default Densitometer.................................................................................................. 20
5.3
Film View Adjustment................................................................................................. 21
5.4
Beep on empty Tray Adjustment............................................................................... 22
5.5
Missing RF Tag Behavior Adjustment ...................................................................... 23
5.6
Entering Site Data ....................................................................................................... 24
Film Calibration............................................................................................... 25
Printer - Modality Connection........................................................................ 26
7.1
Modality set-up............................................................................................................ 26
Printed copies of this document are not controlled.
The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.
2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / I
DD+DIS346.05E
7.2
Logical Printers Set-up ...............................................................................................27
7.3
Printing of diagnostic and / or Test Images..............................................................31
7.4
Image Adjustments .....................................................................................................32

7.4.1
Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document ......33
7.4.2
Image Adjustments at the Modality .................................................................33
7.4.3
7.4.2.1
Contrast Adjustment.................................................................................................. 33
7.4.2.2
Sharpness Adjustment .............................................................................................. 34
Image Adjustments at the Printer ....................................................................35
Acceptance Test ............................................................................................. 37
Completion of installation.............................................................................. 38
9.1
Customer Instruction ..................................................................................................38
9.2
Backup of Printer Settings .........................................................................................39
10
Appendix .......................................................................................................... A
10.1
Installation Checklist ................................................................................................... A
10.2
Removal of Transport Protection ............................................................................... C
10.3
Image Adjustments Overview ..................................................................................... E

Chapter 1 / II
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
General Safety Instructions
1.1
Safety Precautions
The Drystar 5300 must only be operated according to its specifications and
its intended use. Any operation not corresponding to the specifications or
intended use may result in hazards, which in turn may lead to serious injuries
or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks). AGFA will not assume any
liability whatsoever in these cases.
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which
could be mixed up with diagnostic relevant information. If there is any doubt
that the diagnostic information could not be absolutely true, additional
investigations must be performed to get a clear diagnostic.
When operating or maintaining the Drystar 5300, always observe the following
safety guidelines:
Have electrical or mechanical defects repaired by qualified personnel
only!
Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
Ventilation openings should not be covered.
Always switch off the Drystar 5300 and disconnect the power cord from
the outlet before carrying out any maintenance work.
Film jam removal or cleaning the printer thermal head can be done without
switching the power off. Nevertheless, care should be taken and the
following instructions should be respected:
Always take into account the markings provided on the inside and outside of
the printer. A brief overview of these markings and their meaning is given
below.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 1
DD+DIS346.05E
Safety warning, indicating that the Drystar 5300 manuals should

be consulted before making any connections to other equipment.
The use of accessory equipment not complying with the
equivalent safety requirements of this printer may lead to a
reduced level of safety of the resulting system. Consideration
relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity,

Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory
equipment has been performed in accordance with the
appropriate IEC 601-1 and IEC 601-1-2 harmonized national
standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical
electrical systems standard IEC 601-1-2. The party that makes
the connections acts as system configurator and is responsible
for complying with the systems standard.
If required contact your local service organization.
In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any
covers.
Caution hot:
Keep hands clear from the Thermal Print Head.
Type B equipment:
Indicates that the DRYSTAR 5300 complies within the limits for
type B equipment.
Supplementary protective earth connector:
Provides a connection between the DRYSTAR 5300 and the
potential equalization busbar of the electrical system as found in
medical environments. This plug should never be unplugged
before the power is turned off and the power plug has been
removed.
Intergrounding connector:
Provides a connection between the printer and other equipment
which might exhibit minor ground potential differences. These
differences may degrade the quality of communication between
different equipment. Never remove connections to this terminal.
Protective earth (ground)
Provides a connection between the printer and the protective
earth of the mains. Do not remove this connection, because this
will have a negative influence on the leakage current.
Power/Reset Button
Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall
outlet in order to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.

Chapter 1 / 2
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Precautions for use in USA only:

Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the
printer is connected to a 240 V/60 Hz source instead of a
120 V/60 Hz source.
Transport after installation

Before moving the printer, always switch off the machine. The Drystar 5300
should always be transported by 2 persons. When doing this, the stability
and the structure of the table top have to be taken into account. The printer
should not be placed on a soft surface, since this might prevent appropriate
ventilation and cause overheating. The printer must only be transported with
all covers closed. The appliance may not be transported continuously from
one location to the other. Do not lift the printer by the output tray.
Waste disposal and environmental regulations

This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and/or
on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as
household waste.
Instead it shall be handled over to the applicable collection point for the
recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. For more detailed
information about take-back and recycling of this product, please contact
your local Agfa service organization.
By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent
potential negative consequences for the environment and human health,
which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this
product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. If
your equipment contains easy removable batteries or accumulators please
dispose these separately according to your local requirements.
1.2
Security precautions
CAUTION (U.S.A. only): In accordance with U.S. Law, this device can only
be sold to or ordered by a licensed physician.
Printed images should be treated as patient records and should only be

viewed by authorized personnel.
If the power to the printer is unexpectedly interrupted, ensure that

unprinted images are not deleted from the modality prior to printing. To
avoid loss of images in such conditions, a UPS (Uninterruptible Power
Supply) needs to be supplied to the printer.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 3
DD+DIS346.05E
1.3
Safety compliance
The Drystar 5300 has been tested and found to comply with the following
international standards and regulations:
the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC

CFR Part 21
The Drystar 5300 contains an automatic QC feature that has been
designed to comply with the grayscale reproduction constancy test,
according to the international standard IEC 1223-2-4.
Safety standards
IEC 60601-1 + A1 + A2
EN 60601-1 + A1 + A2
UL 60601-1
CSA 22.2 No. 601.1-M90
GB4943-2001 (for CCC-Mark)
Radio-interference regulations (interference suppression)
FCC Rules 47 CFR part 15 subpart B

IEC 60601-1-2
CISPR 11, class A
CISPR 22, class A
IEC 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-3-2
IEC 61000-3-3
IEC 61000-4-11
ETSI 300330
GB9254-1998(Class A) (for CCC-Mark)
GB17625.1-2003 (for CCC-Mark)

Chapter 1 / 4
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Labels:
The Drystar 5300 carries the CE, TV, cULus and CCC labels.
1
2
1 CCC label
2 CE, TV and cULus label
1.4
Privacy and security

Within the healthcare industry, several standardization efforts are ongoing as
a response to Privacy and Security legislation and regulations. The purpose of
this standardization for hospitals and vendors is to enable information sharing,
interoperability and to support the workflow of hospitals in a multiple vendor
environment.
In order to allow hospitals to comply with HIPAA regulations (Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act) and to meet the IHE standards (Integrated
Healthcare Enterprise) some security features are included in the user
interface of the Drystar 5300 (available via the web pages only: under
Security tools
User authentication. The administrator can configure different user

accounts. Each account consists of a user name and a password.
Audit logging. This implies logging to a central log server of specific
Drystar 5300 actions, e.g. start-up/shut down, user authentication
(failures), received print job ID information, etc.
Node authentication, using certificates. Working with SSL (Secure
Sockets Layer) allows secure communications over an insecure network.
SSL is the security layer on top of TCP/IP.
The first two functions are available when access to the Administrator is
granted (i.e. when the Administrator password has been correctly entered). To
activate the SSL, please contact your Agfa representative.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 5
DD+DIS346.05E
Node authentication, certificates and Certification Authority

Each device - connected to a network - will receive a unique identifier: the
X.509 certificate, a digital passport. Any device on the network is only allowed
to communicate with another node of which it is holding the certificate in a
communication allowed table.
A Certification Authority (CA) is responsible for creating a certificate. The CA
can be the hospital, Agfa or a third party.
This CA distributes the certificate to the hospital security responsible or
service technician, who for his part:
Imports the device certificate, created by the CA.

Imports the certificates of all peer devices with which communication is
authorized, i.e. creates the list of communication allowed device
certificates.

Chapter 1 / 6
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
The Installation Checklist in the appendix, page A, of this chapter gives an

overview of all steps and guides through the complete installation process.
Installation Prerequisites
The purpose of this section is to show the required tasks before installation to
guarantee a smooth DRYSTAR 5300 installation.
The following table lists these tasks:
Task
Details see
Check installation site prerequisites
2.1
Compare voltage indicated on type label with available

power supply
2.2
Check shipment completeness
2.3
Put the printer on a solid table
2.4
Remove transport protection locks
2.5
Connect the cables
2.6
For China only: Stick Chinese warning label above

existing one.
2.7
The time required for the steps within this section should
be entered in the service / installation report under task
code INS.
2.1
Task code:
Check of Installation Site Prerequisites

Take care that all prerequisites described in the "Installation readiness
checklist" are fulfilled.
This checklist is available at the end of Chapter 11, Installation Planning.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 7
2.2
DD+DIS346.05E
Comparison of Voltage indicated on Type Label with supplied

Voltage in the Installation Room
The type label is located inside the
printer and visible when you open the
front door. Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Compare the voltage and current
indicated on type label with the
supplied voltage and current in
the installation room. Refer to the
note below.
5365_Reg01_001_e.eps
Figure 1
The printer has an "auto switching" power supply built in. This adapts itself to
the input voltage. The input voltage has to be in the range of 100/240 V (AC),
50/60 Hz.
2.3
Check of Shipment Completeness
Compare the shipment with the packing list.

In case it is not complete, inform the national service manager. He will
initiate the required steps.
Additionally, note any missing item(s) in the installation report.

Chapter 1 / 8
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
2.4
Printer Positioning
Caution:
The printer is very heavy: It's weight is 52 kg (115 lb)
Due to its weight injuries are possible when lifting the printer from
the pallet
Use two people to lift the printer from the pallet to avoid injuries.
(1)
Put the printer at its final

location on a solid table
(2)
Align it with the table edge.
Figure 2
2.5
Transport Protection Locks Removal

Remove the transport protection locks.
Refer to Appendix, section 10.2

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 9
2.6
DD+DIS346.05E
Cable Connection
(1) Connect the power cable
Figure 3
(2) Connect the network cable.
Figure 4
2.7
For Installations in China: Warning Label Attachment

(1) For installations in China only:
Stick the Chinese warning label
(part of delivery) over the
existing one.
Figure 5

Chapter 1 / 10
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer Setup
The purpose of this section is to show the required steps of the mechanical
printer set-up.
The following table lists these tasks:
Task
3.1
Details: see
Adjust film positioner unit to 11x14" if required
3.1
Load films
3.2
Film Positioner Unit Adjustment to 11x14" if required

To adjust the film positioner unit to 11x14" films is only required in case
the customer is using 11x14" films instead of 14x17" films (14x17" =
default).
(1) Take the output tray adjustment

tool from the accessories box.
(2) Push the tool down into the output
tray holes [1].
(3) Push the output tray bracket into
position until it clicks [2].
Click!
Figure 6
(4) Remove 3 screws underneath the
input tray.
(5) Lower the film positioner unit.
Figure 7

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 11
DD+DIS346.05E
(6) Loosen the wire harness from its

positioners.
(7) Push the wire harness into the
printer housing.
Figure 8
(8) Put and hold film positioner into

place.
(9) Remount 3 screws.
Figure 9
3.2
Film Loading
(1)
Open the input tray.
Figure 10

Chapter 1 / 12
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
(2)
Open the film pack.
Note: make sure not to open the pack

above the input tray (risk of dust
particles falling into the tray)!
Figure 11
(3)
Place the new film pack in the

input tray.
Figure 12
(4)
Remove the sticker completely

from the film pack flap.
Figure 13
(5)
Slide the film further into the

tray.
Figure 14

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 13
(6)
DD+DIS346.05E
Pull the plastic bag from the

film.
Figure 15
(7)
Pull the tape from around the

film.
Figure 16
(8)
Place the correct film

identification sticker that you
find in the accessories box.
Figure 17
(9)
Close the input tray.
Figure 18

Chapter 1 / 14
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
(10) Place the correct film

identification sticker that you
find in the accessories box.
Figure 19
When a new film is loaded, the

Film Identification-TAG is read
and the printer settings are
automatically adjusted.
Note: the Film Identification TAG is

located on the rear of the film pack:
Figure 20 shows the film pack
upside-down.
Figure 20

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 15
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer Installation Wizard

The purpose of this section is to show the most important settings of the
printer during installation via Installation Wizard.
The time required for the steps within this subsection should
be entered in the service/installation report under task code
INS.
Task code:
The Printer Installation Wizard guides step by step through different

parameters.
(1) Press the POWER button to
switch the printer on.
Please WAIT
Self test proceeding
62%
A self test of the display is

performed, followed by a software
self test.
(2) After approx. 4 minutes the
message "Warming Up" appears.
Now it is possible to enter the
Key-Operator menu.
Figure 21
(3) In the Key-operator menu select

'9 Installation - 2 Printer Install.
Wizard'
Figure 22 beneath lists the
parameters which have to be entered
A more detailed description of the
printer Installation Wizard is available
in the Drystar 5300 Reference
Manual in section 'Using the
installation wizard'.
The Reference Manual is part of
delivery and available on MEDNET,
HealthCare Library.
Printer Installation Wizard

Key-operator
menu
9 Installation
2 Printer Install. Wizard
Language
Date and Time
PRINTER IP-ADDRESS
NETMASK
ROUTER IP-ADDRESS
CALLED AE_TITLE
Hostname
Domain name
Daily used modality name
Brand
Modality Type
CALLING AE_TITLE('modality name')
Preferred film type
Save configuration
Reset
5365_Reg01_001_e.cdr
Figure 22

Chapter 1 / 16
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Remark concerning necessity of PC connection:

All adjustments at the printer can be made via browser connection.
Most adjustments can also be made via key-operator menu.
In following cases a PC network connection is mandatory, as these settings
only can be made via browser pages.
To enter site specific data
To configure Logical printers
To define a host profile for special Image or Connectivity settings
(Annotations, OEM Lut etc.)
The example screens for configuration user interfaces are further on
browser related. The path to access the screens is the same for local
keypad and browser.
The way of entering data is more complex at the local keypad, as all data
have to be entered via the available four navigation keys, the escape and
confirm key.
The printer default IP address is 169.254.10.10.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 17
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer Settings
The purpose of this section is to show additional settings of the printer that are
not covered by the Printer Installation Wizard.
The following table lists these settings.
Printer Setting
Importance
Accessible via ...*
Details see...
Film calibration
optional
5.1
Default densitometer
optional
5.2
Film view
optional
5.3
Beep on empty tray
optional
5.4
RF Tag
optional
5.5
mandatory
5.6
Site data
*
Access via key-operator menu at the local keypad
Access via browser pages
(Service Engineer Tools or Key-Operator tools or Connectivity Tools)
INS.
Task code:

Chapter 1 / 18
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
5.1
Film Calibration
Accessible via menu:
Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image

Quality - 1 General
Purpose of the setting:
A) Define whether automatic calibration shall be

executed at insertion of a new film pack
B) If set on ON, define the number of filmpacks,
after which the film calibration shall be
executed.
Default value:
ON - every 5 filmpacks
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
DryStar 5300 printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings

Default film calibration off
on
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
536501fa.cdr
Figure 23

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 19
DD+DIS346.05E
5.2
Default Densitometer

Quality - 1 General
Define a default densitometer. Density values

displayed during calibration or the QC procedure
will be displayed re-calculated for this default
densitometer.
Default value:
Macbeth TR924
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this

on
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
536501fb.cdr
Figure 24

Chapter 1 / 20
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
5.3
Film View Adjustment

2 Change settings - 2 Input tray
Change the film view to 'Back' in case the film curl

is desired to be towards the light box
Normal
Default value:
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change input tray settings

Normal
Back
Tag film format 14x17"
Film view
Overruling to film format 14x17"

11x14"
Tag film type DT2B
Overruling to film type
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C

536501fx.cdr
Figure 25

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 21
DD+DIS346.05E
5.4
Beep on empty Tray Adjustment

Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 1

General
Adjust whether or not the customer shall be

informed via audible beeps about an empty tray.
Default value:
Audible alarm on - beep 5 times
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change general settings

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Beep on empty tray 5 beeps
Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country code (tel)
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
536501ff.cdr
Figure 26

Chapter 1 / 22
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
5.5
Missing RF Tag Behavior Adjustment

Service menu - 2 Change settings - 2 Input Tray
Define the behavior of the printer in case the RF

tag is not readable or available
Default value:
Printing with Dmax=2.00
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Service- Change input tray settings

If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning
Printing not possible
Normal
Back
Film view

11x14"
Tag film type DT2B
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C

536501fy.cdr
Figure 27

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 23
DD+DIS346.05E
5.6
Entering Site Data

Purpose:
Default value:
Browser pages - Service Engineer tools - Enter

key-operator command session - 2 Change
settings - 1 General
Fill in site data to have an entry in the infocounter
about the installation site.
None
It is mandatory to fill in site data. Otherwise after each switch on / reboot

of the printer a hint is displayed to enter the site data.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
536501fz.cdr
Figure 28

Chapter 1 / 24
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Film Calibration
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for film
calibration
(2) Select in key-operator menu

'6 Calibration - 1 Film
Calibration'
(3) Follow the instructions on the
display.
The calibration film will be
printed and measured
automatically by the printer
(see Figure 29)
In order to be useable this film should be absolutely dust free within the marked region!
(1) Load the films the customer will

use. Refer to note below.
536501ga.cdr
Figure 29
The films delivered with the printer may only be used for test purposes.
INS.
Task code:

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 25
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer - Modality Connection

The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for
connection of the printer to the modality.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task
Let the modality be
set-up
Set-up logical
printers
Print diagnostic
and/or test images
Adjust image
settings
Importance
Accessible via * ...
Details see...
mandatory
Console of the
modality
7.1
optional
Browser pages
7.2
mandatory
Console of the
modality and / or
printer service menu
7.3
optional
Key-operator menu
and Browser pages
7.4
SIC.
Task code:
*
Access via key-operator menu at the local keypad
Access via browser pages
(Service Engineer Tools or Key-Operator tools or Connectivity Tools)
7.1
Modality set-up
Each modality, from which the customer wants to print, needs the printer
DICOM network data, in order to be able to print on the printer.
(1)
(2)
Let the printer be set-up at the modality.

Tell the modality service engineer the following printer parameters
Printer Type (Agfa Drystar 5300)
IP address
Called AE-title
Available film formats

Chapter 1 / 26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
7.2
Logical Printers Set-up

(1) Check, whether the printer requires the "logical printer setup", i.e. to
setup more than one AE title for the printer. See flowchart below:
Logical Printer
Setup Decision
Flowchart
Check whether modality supports
more than one application (e.g. US + CR)
Modality supports
> 1 application ?
No
Okay. Logical
Printer Setup not
required.
Yes
Check whether images of
different applications can
be adapted to required settings.
Example. US: Dmax 2.8; LUT: Kanamori
CT: Dmax: 3.1, LUT: linear
Adjustment
at modality
possible?
Yes
Okay. Logical Printer

Setup not required.
Perform adjustments
at modality.
No
Create two logical printers.
Proceeding see this section.
536501mm.cdr
Figure 30

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 27
DD+DIS346.05E
Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM

profile editor - Setup DICOM print SCP Servers
Purpose:
Define more than one logical printer. This may be

required in case a modality sends images from
different applications to the printer. See also Info
next page
Default value:
Example browser
screen:
Only one logical printer.

Internal name: DEFAULT_SCP
Called AE title: DS5300
HOME HELP
DICOM Print SCP Setup
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP
Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK
Create new Dicom Print SCP
Cancel
Changes require reboot

5365_Reg01_003_e.cdr
Figure 31
The Called AE title is defined during the execution of the printer
installation wizard. It can also be adapted in the "DICOM Print SCP
Setup" screen.
The number of logical SCP printers is not limited. As each configured
SCP server consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers
as possible. Rule of thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.

Chapter 1 / 28
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Enclosed an example where it is required to configure two logical SCP

printers:
Printing is initiated at a PACS workstation.
Two types of modalities as input.
o US images: Interpolation cubic bell with
smoothfactor 1,1
o CT images: Interpolation highres cubic with
smoothfactor -0.9.
Problem:
The PACS workstation has one AE title only. The Drystar 5300 does not
recognize, for which type of modality (CT or US) the user wants to print.
Solution (refer to "Figure 32: Example for logical printer setup" next page):
Create one logical printer 'Drystar5300US' and one 'Drystar5300CT.
Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers with the
required settings.
In the PACS workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the
proper logical printer.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 29
DD+DIS346.05E
Required setting:
Cubic Bell 0.9
Print
CT
DS5300CT
DS5300CT
DS5300US
PACS Console
Ultrasound
AE Title: PACS
Required setting:
Cubic Bell 1.1
AE Title 1: DS5300CT
AE Title 2: DS5300US
Logical Printer Setup (Dicom Print SCP Setup) in Drystar 5300
HOME HELP
Dicom Print SCP
Dicom Print SCP

Internal Name: US Printer
Called AE title: DS5300US
Listen at Port: 105
Comments:
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP

Called AE title: DS5300CT
Listen at Port: 104
Comments:
OK
HOME HELP
Cancel
OK
Cancel
DICOM Host Profile Setup in Drystar 5300

HELP
Host Profile: CR QS
HELP
Host Profile: CR QS Mammo
Nick Name: CT PACS

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS
Nick Name: US PACS

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS
Use this profile only for local SCP server: DEFAULT SCP
...........................................................
...........................................................
Use this profile only for local SCP server: US Printer

...........................................................
...........................................................
Kernel: custom
Kernel: custom
Edit Custom cubicBell 0.9
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
OK Cancel Show Defaults
Show last Input
Edit Custom cubicBell 1.1
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
Show last Input

536401mr.cdr
Figure 32: Example for logical printer setup

Chapter 1 / 30
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
In the example of Figure 32 the checkboxes before the "Kernel" parameters

are set.
This setting prevents, that the modality can overrule the adjusted parameter.
It always depends on the application, whether this is desired or not.
This has to be discussed with the modality service engineer and/or the
customer. See also section 7.4.3.
7.3
Printing of diagnostic and / or Test Images

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
In the service menu select "3 Print Image - 1 Test images"

Print a few medical_image and STI1 test images
Check the image quality of the test images
Print a few diagnostic images from the connected modalities.
Compare them at the light box with the image on the monitor

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 31
DD+DIS346.05E
7.4
Image Adjustments
For systematic image adjustment follow the flowchart below:
Image Adjustment
Flowchart
Connectivity
Release Document
available?
Yes
Make adjustments as described in

Connectivity Release Document.
Refer to 6.4.1
When finished, continue with next step.
No
Customer is
satisfied with image
quality?
Yes
Okay. No further image

adjustments required.
No
Required image
adjustments can be
made at modality?
No
Yes
Make adjustments at the modality.

Refer to 6.4.2
No
Perform image
adjustments at the printer.
Refer to 6.4.3
Customer is
satisfied with image
adjustments?
Yes
Okay. No further image
adjustments required.
536401mp.cdr
Figure 33

Chapter 1 / 32
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
7.4.1
Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document

(1) In case a Connectivity Release Document for the Printer - Modality
Combination exists, perform the image adjustments as described there.
(2) When finished, print test images from the modality.
(3) Check the image quality together with the customer
(4) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the
flowchart (refer to Figure 33).
Connectivity Release Documents describe all parameters and required
adjustments to guarantee:
Communication between modality and the printer
Image adjustment at the modality and / or the printer.
MEDNET Path
7.4.2
Connectivity Release Documents are available in MEDNET, HealthCare

Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application
Image Adjustments at the Modality

The Image adjustments at the modality are split up in contrast (refer to 7.4.2.1)
and sharpness adjustments (refer to 7.4.2.2):
7.4.2.1
Contrast Adjustment
(1) Select the required taste LUT (Look Up Table) at the modality. If possible
use the "Kanamori Taste LUT".
The Look-Up-Table is responsible for the contrast of the image (in
combination with Dmin and Dmax) and may be named at the modality as
follows:
Taste LUT
Perception LUT
Correction LUT
Presentation LUT

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 33
DD+DIS346.05E
7.4.2.2
Sharpness Adjustment
(1) Check the DICOM conformance statement whether the modality sends
the images in page mode or image mode
(2) Select the required smooth factor at the modality to define the sharpness
of the image. Refer to Figure 34.
(3) When finished, print test images from the modality.
(4) Check the image quality together with the customer
(5) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the
flowchart (refer to Figure 33).
Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values)

251 245 235
299
148
199
less sharp
200
143 138
101
sharp
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
536401XK.CDR
Legend
Limits
Default
299
251
245 235
200
Useable values
Figure 34
Use Cubic Bell interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Page
Mode (images already composed for the film).
Use Cubic High Res interpolation, when the modality sends the images in
Image Mode (printer composes the different images for the film).

Chapter 1 / 34
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
7.4.3
Image Adjustments at the Printer
Via key-operator menu only the parameters Look-up table, Interpolation

and Dmax can be adjusted.
Before these parameters can be changed, the modality has to be

configured at the printer. This is done either via Printer Installation Wizard
or via key-operator function "2 Change settings - 3 Network (DICOM) - 8
Add modality".
This creates a DICOM Host Profile with the settings as defined in the
printer modality database (Corresponding printer parameter of the
Installation wizard or "Add modality" function: "Brand").
Important remark: Changing parameter via key-operator menu does not

automatically ensure that the value is applied.
Two situations can be distinguished
o In case the modality does not send a parameter (e.g. no Dmax value
sent), the value set in the printer is applied to the modality print job.
o In case the modality sends a parameter value, (e.g. Dmax = 2.8 O.D.)
this value still has priority above the value set in the printer. Even
when an empty value (" ") is sent.
This means, the value sent by the modality has higher priority then the value
set in the printer, and therefore it is always preferred to set the required
parameter value at the side of the modality.
If this cannot be done contact your local Application Specialist.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 35
DD+DIS346.05E

Quality - <Modality XYZ>
Purpose:
Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted

at the modality
Look-up table: Kanamori.
Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7.
Dmax 3.10
Default value:
Example screens:
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Select kanamori like value:
CT2
CT2_ARC
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
100
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Look Up Table:
Interpolation:
-0.7
536601fs.cdr
280
285
290
295
**
Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel values)
Possible Look up table settings
5.9
Kanamori curve and

Kanamori like value
4.9
220
200
100
mori
Kana
Dmin
**
Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7)
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
Maximum density:
Dmax
less sharp
75
1.1
0.9
0.7
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2

sharp
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Legend
Input
255
0.1
Kanamori_like 100 = Kanamori

Kanamori_like 200 = linear
Kanamori_like 220 = logarithmic
Limits
Default
5.9
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.1
Reasonable values
Figure 35: Image Adjustments at the Printer

Chapter 1 / 36
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Acceptance Test
Purpose of the acceptance test:
Proof of printer reproduction capability of image on the monitor
Check according to criteria defined by

National Acceptance Test Procedure
Console
5365_Reg01_002_e.cdr
Figure 36
Perform the acceptance test according to national regulations.
Example for Germany: DIN6868 Part 56
The German DIN6868 Part 56 is similar to the Image Quality Control
procedure based on IEC1223-2-4.
The Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC 1223-2-4 is described in
the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS078.05E.
The time required for the steps within this subsection

should be entered in the service/installation report under
task code APPL.
Taskcode:

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 37
DD+DIS346.05E
Completion of installation
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for customer
instruction and backup of printer settings.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task
9.1
Importance
Accessible via ...
Details see...
Instruct the Customer in

operation of the printer
mandatory
--
9.1
Save settings on backup

CF card
mandatory
Key-operator
menu
9.2
Customer Instruction
(1) Instruct the customer in following activities:
Activity
Refer to User or
Reference Manual ....
Switching on the printer: Warm up time 5 min.
User manual: "Switching on

the Drystar 5300"
Switching off the printer. It can take up to 20

secs. until the printer switches off
User Manual: "Switching off

the Drystar 5300"
Loading films: RF tag and its function
User Manual: "Loading

films"
Removing film jams
Reference manual
"Troubleshooting: Clearing
of film jams"
Show dust stripes on a previous test film and

how to prevent:
Reference manual
"Troubleshooting Checklist"
Keep printer always closed

Clean TH resistor line with alcohol and
lint free cloth when dust stripes appear or
when printer displays "Printhead cleaning
(2) Hand over the user and reference manual to the customer
The time required for the steps within this subsection
should be entered in the service/installation report under
task code APPL.
Taskcode:

Chapter 1 / 38
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
9.2
Backup of Printer Settings

(1) Open the film tray to take out
the CF card for storage of the
machine specific data.
(2) Select Key-operator menu "4
Save Configuration"
(3) Follow the further instructions on
the LCD display
Figure 37
INS.
Task code:

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / 39
DD+DIS346.05E
10
Appendix
10.1
Installation Checklist
Purpose of the installation checklist:
to give an overview of all steps, that are required for the installation of the
printer
to provide a reference to the corresponding section of the "Controls,
Connections and Set Up Procedure section", where the topic is further
explained.
1.
Step
Task
Code
Installation Prerequisites:
Check installation site prerequisites
refer to
section
INS
2.1
2.
Compare voltage indicated on type

label with available power supply
INS
2.2
3.
Check shipment completeness
INS
2.3
4.
Put the printer on a solid table
INS
2.4
5.
Remove transport protection locks
INS
2.5
6.
Connect the cables
INS
2.6
INS
2.7
INS
3.1
INS
3.2
INS
7.
8.
9.
For China only: Stick Chinese

warning label above existing one.
Printer Setup:
Adjust film positioner unit to 11x14" if
required
Load films
Printer Installation Wizard:

10. Go through printer installation wizard
Okay

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / A
DD+DIS346.05E
Step
Task
Code
refer to .....
Printer settings:
11. Adjust Film calibration (optional)
APPL
5.1
12.
Select Default densitometer (optional)
APPL
5.2
13.
Set Film view (optional)
APPL
5.3
14.
Adjust Beeps on empty tray (optional)
APPL
5.4
15.
Adjust behavior for unreadable RF

Tag (optional)
APPL
5.5
16.
Enter site data
APPL
5.6
Film calibration
17. Perform a film calibration
INS
Printer - Modality connection

18. Let the modality be set-up
SIC
7.1
19.
Set-up logical printers (optional)
SIC
7.2
20.
Print diagnostic and/or test images
SIC
7.3
21.
Adjust image settings (optional)
APPL
7.4
APPL
APPL
9.1
INS
9.2
Acceptance Test
22. Perform acceptance test
Completion of installation
23. Instruct the Customer in operation of
the printer
24.
Save settings on backup CF card
Okay

Chapter 1 / B
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
10.2
Removal of Transport Protection
1 Open top cover.
2 Take wire cutter.
3 Cut 4 red straps.
4 Open hold-down bracket.
5 Remove foam sheet.
6 Close hold-down bracket.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / C
7 Close top cover.
DD+DIS346.05E
8 Open input tray.
9 Remove foam block from input tray.
10 Close input tray.
11 Remove drum screw.

Chapter 1 / D
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
10.3
Image Adjustments Overview

Step 1:
Get up-to-date Connectivity Release Document

from MedNet, HealthCare Library
Path: General Info
Connectivity & Application
Perform image adjustments as described at the Modality

and/or the Printer
Continue with Step 2, in case
the customer is not satisfied with the image or
for this modality no Connectivity Release Document exists
In case the printer is part of a solution (e.g. DR Mammography

Solution), refer to the solution specific requirements
concerning image adjustments.
Step 2: Try to adjust Contrast and Sharpness at the Modality
Contrast
Adjustment
Use Kanamori Taste LUT

If available also Dmax
Cubic High Res + smoothfactor 2

(modality sends in image mode) or
Sharpness
Adjustment
Cubic Bell + smoothfactor

2
(modality sends in page mode)
Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values)3

Software > SW Rel. 2
251 245 235
299
148
199
less sharp
200
143 138
101
sharp
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Legend
Limits
Default
299
251
245 235
200
Useable value range
Refer to note 1 next page

3
2
536501mh.cdr

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / E
DD+DIS346.05E
Contrast and Sharpness adjustment at the Modality
The Look-Up-Table, which is responsible (in combination with Dmin and

Dmax) for the contrast of the image, may be named at the modality
Taste LUT
Perception LUT
Correction LUT
Presentation LUT
In case of "Presentation LUT" selection,

also enter lightbox illumination
and reflected ambient light.
Autoswitch to cubic bell functionality of the printer:

When the modality sends the images in page mode, no image scaling
(i.e. magnification or reduction) is required.
Cubic HighRes interpolation type does not sharpen the image
in this case.
Interpolation type 'Cubic Bell' sharpnes the image however,
independant whether scaling is required or not.
In case the Interpolation Type is adjusted to 'cubic high res' in the user
profile (= default), the printer switches to Cubic Bell automatically.
This mechanism can be adjusted in the "Controller Setup" Window.
HOME HELP
Controller Setup
Access to this window:
Reduction icon on image: yes
Browser Pages
Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes:

Automatically switch to CubicBell:
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.9
Service Tools
yes
( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
Scaling Setup
OK Changes require reboot
At printers with Software < SW Rel. 2 the interpolation smoothfactor

setting is different compared to printers with Software > SW Rel. 2.
Software < SW Rel. 2
299
221 217 207
199
135 125 115
less sharp
sharp
200
101
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
536501mh.cdr

Chapter 1 / F
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
DD+DIS346.05E
Step 3: In case Contrast and Sharpness adjustment

at the Modality not possible, adjust it at printer.
Can be made via
local keypad (see below)
Service Engineer Browser pages
(only via local Application Specialist)
Contrast and Sharpness adjustment
via key-operator menu "Image Quality"
Access via Keypad or Browser
Key-Operator Menu
3 Change Settings
5 Image Quality
Contrast *
Adjustment
<select Modality>
2 Select Other
1 Look up table
Sharpness*
Adjustment
Kanamori
Linear
Kanamori_like
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
Linear
Replication
2 Interpolation
3 Dmax
2.80 - 3.20 O.D.
*Refer to notes next page

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
Chapter 1 / G
DD+DIS346.05E
Contrast and Sharpness adjustment at the printer

1.1
5.9
0.9
0.7
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2
4.9
less sharp
sharp
0.1
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp

Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel Values)
0.5 0.35 0.15
5.9
-1.7 -2.5 -3.3
4.9
less sharp
sharp
0.1
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Perception LUT / Look up table settings at the Printer

Dmax
Kanamori curve and

Kanamori like value
220
mori
Kana
Dmin

200
100
75
Input
255
Legend
Limits
Default
4.9
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2
-4.9
Useable values
536501mh.cdr

Chapter 1 / H
Drystar 5300
Type 5365
2006-01-26
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2
Imaging Services
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Purpose of this document

This document explains the functional principle including the functions of the individual
assemblies always under normal conditions without any problems (nominal functional
sequence).
Furthermore it describes the structure and function of specific individual assemblies.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
1.1
06 - 2007
Changes
compared to previous version 1.0
Added information about calibrations, diagnostic

software and thermal model.
Details see sections 4, 6 and 7.
Removed information about flowcharts of module error

handling
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.

06 - 2007 printed in Germany


eq_02_functional_e_template_v02
Copyright 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare
DD+DIS008.04E
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)

Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 2
DD+DIS008.04E
LIST OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
COMPARISON TO OTHER AGFA B&W PRINTERS ..............................................................5

2.1
Technical data...........................................................................................................................5
FILM CYCLE.............................................................................................................................6
3.1
Backside Printing recognition..................................................................................................13
CALIBRATIONS .....................................................................................................................14
MODULES ..............................................................................................................................15
5.1
Printer modules .......................................................................................................................15
5.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................17
5.3
Modules and E-Lables ............................................................................................................19
DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE ....................................................................................................21
THERMAL MODEL.................................................................................................................23

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 3
DD+DIS008.04E
INTRODUCTION
Purpose of the printer
Medium resolution (320 dpi) DICOM network printer for 11x14"
and 14x17" films
Printing principle
Direct thermal on thermo-sensitive, dry films. Blue based or clear based.
1 input tray and 1 output tray.
Main application
Well suited to all medical applications, especially CT applications. Cannot be used
for mammography.
Connections
Network connection only.
Service Concept
Customer installable;
No service PC needed for basic installation, maintenance and service, but is
convenient for entering detailed host profile settings, and needed for site data;
Replacements mainly on Module level.
All switches, sensors and motors are monitored via current measurement on main
engine controller (Vilis CPU);
If online diagnosis does not detect the exact reason for the error, an offline check of
the modules can be performed via browser pages.
Digitizer:
ADC Compact +
Service
Host
ADC QS
Ultrasound
53
6
30
2a
d
.cd
Printer
Figure 1: Typical network installation of a Drystar 5300

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 4
DD+DIS008.04E
Comparison to other AGFA B&W printers
2.1
Technical data
POWER
Drystar 5300
(SW 2.0X)
Drystar 5302
(SW 1.8X)
Drystar 5500 (SW

4.XX) / Drystar 5503
Weight
55 kg
90 kg
188 kg / 193 Kg
Power
Requirements
100-240V, 50/60 Hz;

70W (standby),
250W (printing);
530 (peak)
100-240V, 50/60 Hz;

70W (standby),
250W (printing);
530 (peak)
100-240 V, 50/60 Hz;

200W (standby),
450W (printing),
700 W (peak);
Auto switching power

supply

supply

supply
Throughput:
70/h (14x17") up to
86/h (11x14)
75/h (14x17") up to
140/h (8x10)
100/h (14x17") up to
160/h (8x10)
Max. Density:
> 3.0 O.D.
> 3.0 O.D.
3.6 O.D.
(with Mammo license)
Resolution:
320 dpi
320 dpi
508 dpi
Number of
resistors in TPH:
4480
4480
7104
Grey levels
4096 out of 65535
4096 out of 65535
4096 out of 65535
Warm-up time:
3 minutes queuing 4 minutes queuing 3 minutes queuing

5 minutes printing
7 minutes printing
5 minutes printing
Available films
DT2B / C
DT2B / C
DT2B / C + DT2M
Densitometer
Fixed (CDM)
Fixed (CDM)
Horizontal scanning
(MDM)
Access time
max. 75 secs.
max. 77 secs
max . 76 secs.
8x10, 10x12, 11x14,

14x14, 14x17
8x10, 10x12, 11x14,

14x14, 14x17
Film formats (inch) 11x14, 14x17

Film formats used
simultaneously
2 in Drystar 5500
3 in Drystar 5503
Max. diagnostic
area
4256 x 5174 (14 x17")

12 bit
4358 x 5232 (14 x17")

12 bit
6922 x 8368 (14 x17")

12 bit
44 MB
46 MB
116 MB
All medical
applications, except
mammography
All medical
applications, except
mammography
All medical
applications, incl.
mammography
Applications

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 5
DD+DIS008.04E
Film Cycle
filmrun1.cdr
Figure 2: Filmrun through the printer
Description of one film cycle:

An image is sent from the imaging device to
the Drystar 5300. The user presses "Print"
on the console of the host system or
transmits images from an archive to the
Drystar 5300.
Figure 3

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 6
DD+DIS008.04E
The image in DICOM format is sent via

network to the Drystar 5300, where it is
received by the Vilis / Themis / RAM
module and stored as 12 bit/pixel raw data
on the Themis board into the RAM.
Figure 4
As soon as all the individual images

pertaining to a specific film printout are
loaded, the image information is composed.
This image information which is ready for
printing is also referred to as Image
Composition Map (ICM). In contrast to
other printers, such as the Drystar 5500, for
example, the ICM is only created and
stored in the RAM of the Themis board and
not on the hard disk, as this is replaced by
a CF card.
Figure 5

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 7
DD+DIS008.04E
Not only the individual images, but the

complete images of the image-queue are in
the RAM. The consequence is, that in case
of a sudden loss of power all images of the
queue are lost. When the Drystar is
switched off by means of the On/Off button,
the power supply starts the shutdown only
after all images in the queue were printed
out.
Figure 6
The RAM memory is 512 MB, which is

sufficient for the regular usage. In
connection with some modalities however
problems may occur, if the RAM of the
Drystar 5300 is full and no images can be
accepted. Generally the modalities are
informed of this state via DICOM messages
and they will wait with the new image
transfer. Some modalities cannot process
this DICOM message and emit a warning
message. This problem can be avoided by
using a HIPAX DICOM Print Broker or by
enlarging the memory size by the optional
1 GB RAM module.
Figure 7

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 8
DD+DIS008.04E
Depending on the image size, the installed

RAM memory (512 MB or optional 1 GB
RAM) and the way of image data transfer
(image mode or page mode) the printer is
capable to keep between 13 and 645
images. The Installation Planning document
(Refer to chapter 11) lists the possible
amount of queued images in chapter
"Accessories". If the limit for the image
queue is reached, the printer cannot accept
any image data anymore.
Via the optional HIPAX DICOM Printbroker
it is possible to extend the memory size of
the queue to several GB.
Figure 8
When creating the Image Composition Map

(ICM), the Themis board executes a variety
of compensations specific to the thermal
head and image processing algorithms
depending on the image quality settings.
Figure 9
Each pixel value of the image on the Image

Composition Map translates into a certain
electrical voltage, which is composed for
each of the 4480 resistors.
Figure 10
06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 9
DD+DIS008.04E
As soon as the image is completely

composed on RAM, the pickup motor M3
takes a film sheet from the input tray and
transports it to the (two redundant) film
detection sensors S4 and S13, the input
sensors of the TPH.
Figure 11
The cam drive motor M2 starts and moves

the thermal head towards the drum.
Figure 12

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 10
DD+DIS008.04E
Simultaneously, the pickup motor M3

moves a few turns backward. The film is
now free for further transport by the print
drum.
Figure 13
The drum motor M1 starts. Meanwhile, the

cam drive motor M2 has narrowed the
distance between thermal head and drum
that much that the film is picked up by the
drum. The film edge is already approx. 5
mm behind the TH heater line.
Figure 14

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 11
DD+DIS008.04E
Now 42 lines black frame are printed

followed by the diagnostic information.
Figure 15
The film is transported towards the "Output

module. The CDM (Contactless
Densitometer) checks whether the film was
inserted the right way. This is called
"Backside Printing Recognition". See
section 3.1.
The "output sensor S5" detects the film.
Figure 16
When printing is finished the cam drive

motor M2 moves back into home position
and drum motor M1 stops.
Figure 17

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 12
DD+DIS008.04E
The output motor M4 transports the film out

of the printer into the output tray. The print
cycle is finished.
Figure 18
3.1
Backside Printing recognition

The printer checks when the film arrives at the CDM, whether a small rectangle in the
center of the film, at the very beginning of the printable area, has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must have been inserted wrong.
The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side printing, to check the correct
positioning of the film and to remove the film jam.
Black Rectangle for
Backside Printing Recognition
Distance
TH - CDM
Film printed on the

Non-Emulsion side
("Backside").
Diagnostic Area
Border
(O.D. between Dmin and Dmax;
Refer to Host Profile parameter "Border Density")
Backside printing
Remove film jam
536602dc.cdr
Figure 19: Backside printing recognition

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 13
DD+DIS008.04E
NOTE:
The emulsion side in general is slightly smoother
than the backing layer. This can be heard by
wiping over it The backing layer makes much
more noise.
Noise
(dB)
Backing layer
Emulsion layer
The backing layer has to be on top when the film

is laying in the tray.
Calibrations
The following table lists the different Drystar 5300 calibrations:
CDM Calibration
TH Profile Calibration
Film Calibration
To determine new reference

values for the CDM. This is done
via an external densitometer.
To reduce vertical macro banding

(vertical density irregularities).
Only macro density
compensation is possible (in
opposite to micro compensation
in production)
To measure the film sensitometry

and to use these values for
internal reference, so that the
printer behaves linear regarding
density reproduction. In addition,
the maximum density is adapted
Film printed
Purpose
To be done .....
Whenever the internal

densitometer has to be
adapted to an external
densitometer (for image quality
control)
Unacceptable line artifacts

visible in medical service test
image
if density reproduction check is

not ok
At maintenance
To compensate small density
variations of the new film,
when a new film package is
used.
After output module

replacement
Automatically
done ...
No
No
yes, but only if switched on*
* to be switched on via menu '2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General - Select Default for Film Calibration'.

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 14
DD+DIS008.04E
Modules
This section is divided in following sub-sections:
Item
5.1
Section
Printer modules
5.1
Hardware
5.2
Modules and E-Lables
5.3
Printer modules
Figure 20: Printer Modules

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 15
DD+DIS008.04E
Name
E-Label*
Purpose
Also used in
MOD #
Drystar 5302
MOD20
TPH filter Module
Dust filter for TPH cooling fan
TPH cooling fan
TPH cooling
MOD12
Print Drum Module
Yes
Film drive during printing
MOD03
OSB Switch board
TH power
Drystar 5302
MOD21
Thermal Head
Yes
Image transfer to film
Drystar 5302
MOD04
Drum drive module
Yes
Drum drive
Drystar 5302
MOD06
Power Supply
Yes
Main power supply for all consumers
MOD08
Pickup module
Yes
Film drive out of film tray towards TH
MOD02
Display Module
Yes
User Interface
Drystar 5302
MOD09
10
Input Block Module
Yes
Tag reading; empty film detection
MOD01
11
Output Module
Yes
Film transport out of printer. Density

measurement with integrated CDM
MOD05
12
Cam shaft drive Module
TH position adjustment (printing / film

transport in and out of TH section)
MOD11
13
Input Sensors Module
Filmrun check before print drum
MOD10
14
RAM Module
Keeps operating system and queue
Drystar 5302
MOD15
15
Themis Module**
CPU (Image processing)
Drystar 5302
MOD14
16
Vilis Module
MOD07
Yes
CPU (Film run)
*For description of E-Label refer to section 5.3.

**In SW < Rel. 2.0.0_C1 the Themis and RAM module are part of MOD07: Vilis/Themis/RAM module.
NOTE:
This list does not show all spare parts. Parts that have no real function during printing,
like the covers or hand grips are not listed. Refer to chapter 5 for a complete spare
parts list.

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 16
DD+DIS008.04E
5.2
Hardware
This section shows an overview of all hardware components and lists their purpose.
Internal
CF card
128 MB
Vilis Board
Key 6 board
Display
RS232
IDE
ETH
External
CF drive
Sensors
Motors
Power Supply
Thermal Head
Data
Themis board
RS232
512 MB RAM
Power
OSB Board
536502da.cdr
Figure 21: Hardware Components Overview
Hardware Component
Themis Board
Description
CPU. Keeps the operating system and application

software in RAM (518 MB or optional 1 GB) during
operation.
Keeps a flash EPROM for Bootup
Performs image processing
Vilis Board
Controls all sensors and motors

Controls the power supply
Provides for following connections:
CF card reader
Ethernet 10/100 Mb/sec. twisted pair interface
RS232 service port

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 17
DD+DIS008.04E
Key 6 Board
Controls the display with 122 (width) x

32 (height) pixels
Controls all buttons and LEDs
required for operation
Internal CF card
Keeps the operating system and all

application software.
External CF drive
To save or install data via CF card

type II
Thermal head
Transfers the diagnostic data (pixels)

via heating elements to the heat
sensitive film
OSB board
Switch board for the different TH

heating elements
Provides the power for heating up the
resistor elements
Power supply
Supplies all voltages for the printer

(+3,3 V, + 5 V, +12 V, -12 V, +20 V,
+24 V, + 55V)
Connected via RS232 interface to the
Vilis Board, to allow saving temporary
data before switch off

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 18
DD+DIS008.04E
5.3
Modules and E-Lables

The E-Label is a small EPROM attached to the module, which keeps information about
the module, like e.g.
Name
Hardware Version
Nr. of print cycles
Last error code
An example for the readout of an E-Label is given in Figure 23
In case the E-label is defective or not connected the printer issues a warning message.
Printing is possible however also without E-label.
The table in section 5.1 lists, which module has an E-Label.
Figure 22: Example for E-Label at Power Supply

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 19
DD+DIS008.04E
_____________________________
Name....................................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/name
Name....................................Value
OUTPUT ASSY
HardwareVersion.................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hardwareVersion
HardwareVersion.................Value 3
OrderNumber.......................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/orderNumber
OrderNumber.......................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/partNumber
PartNumber..........................Uri
PartNumber..........................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rdeNumber
RdeNumber..........................Uri
RdeNumber..........................Value A333462.3
SerialNumber.......................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/serialNumber
SerialNumber.......................Value
40
FirstUseDate........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/firstUseDate
FirstUseDate........................Value
LastUseDate........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastUseDate
LastUseDate........................Value
HoursOfOperation...............Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hoursOfOperation
HoursOfOperation...............Value 1876
NrOfCycles...........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfCycles
NrOfCycles...........................Value 21166
LastRepairDate....................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairDate
LastRepairDate....................Value
RepairSiteName...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/repairSiteName
RepairSiteName...................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfRepairs
NrOfRepairs.........................Uri
NrOfRepairs.........................Value 0
LastRepairCode...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairCode
LastRepairCode...................Value
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastModuleSpecificErrors
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Value HC205007
NominalCalIntensity............Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/nominalCalIntensity
NominalCalIntensity............Value 9500
MinCalIntensity...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/minCalIntensity
MinCalIntensity...................Value
8500
MaxCalIntensity...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/maxCalIntensity
MaxCalIntensity...................Value 10500
_____________________________
RandomUri
RandomValue
backToMain
produce
request
randomRequest
reconfigureThisELabel
Figure 23: Example for E-Label content

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 20
DD+DIS008.04E
Diagnostic Software
An online diagnosis software is permanently monitoring the correct feedback signal and
timing of the motors and sensors which are connected to the Vilis Board.
In case of a mismatch an error is issued.
Example message:
MOD04
Please replace module
Printer
Software
Application
Software
Online
Diagnosis
Vilis CPU
Operating System
536502aa.cdr
Figure 24
Errors are internally divided into
incidents
warnings
defects

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 21
DD+DIS008.04E
In general incidents are user clearable, warnings are "key-operator"

(= experienced user or hospital technician) clearable, whereas defects have to be
repaired by service personnel.
Warnings and error messages are written into the infocounter.
Errors: Classification and treatment

Filmrun
Step 1
user
clearable
Message in plain text.
E.g. 'close upper cover'
Online
Diagnosis
key-operator
clearable
everything no
okay?
incident
warning
defect
Message in plain text:

E.g. CDM not calibrated
yes
Infocounter

Filmrun
Step n
service
clearable
Error message:
HC10907:
Suspension motor M3 not
connected or malfunctioning
536602af.cdr
Figure 25

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 22
DD+DIS008.04E
Thermal Model
The thermal model is a mathematical description of the interaction

Film print head.
The thermal model uses parameters like film thickness, thermal conductivity of the
film, TH temperature; environmental temperature, print speed and resolution of the
print head.
There are two versions of the thermal model: Thermal Model V1 and its successor,
the TMML. See also table below.
The TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; known as 'A # Sharp') is an improved
thermal model compared to Thermal Model V1 causing a more precise
reproduction of the image. It is available in the printer as of SW Rel. 2.0.0_C1.
Heat of following
pixel
Drum
temperature
Heat of previous
pixel
Heat of neighbor
pixel
TH temperature
Thermal Model
Mathematical
Thermal
Model
Description
of
Interaction Film - TH
Pixel Stream
Parameter Z
Pixel Stream
Thermal conductivity
film
Parameter Y
Parameter X
Thermal sensitivity
film
Figure 26
Thermal Model
Used in SW
V1
1.8X and 1.9X
TMML
2.X
Comment
Also used in
Drystar 3000
Drystar 4500 < SW Rel. 3
Drystar 5500 < SW Rel. 3
Also named "A#sharp". Excellent image
sharpness

06 - 2007
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 2 / 23
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
Machine specific safety instructions and hints for repair work
Chapter 3.1:
List of contents
Machine specific safety equipment, precautions

and hints .................................................................... 1
1.1
Safety equipment for repair work........................................... 1
1.2
Safety precautions of the printer ........................................... 1
1.2.1
1.2.2
Safety switch ....................................................................................... 2

Supplementary ground cable .............................................................. 3
1.3
Guidelines regarding safety during service work................. 4
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
General safety guidelines for service work ......................................... 4

Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements................. 4
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection.......................... 5
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head.......................... 5
Safety check upon completion of the repair work . 6
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
Visual check ........................................................................................ 6

Electrical check ................................................................................... 7
Practical example for Drystar 5300: .................................................... 8
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Chapter 3.1 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
Machine specific safety equipment, precautions and

hints
This section describes all machine specific safety aspects to be considered
during repair work on the printer.
It is divided into the following sub-sections:
Sub-section
1.1
Details see..
Safety equipment for repair work
1.1
Safety precautions of the printer
1.2
Guidelines regarding safety during repair work
1.3
Safety equipment for repair work

During repair work at printed circuit boards it is mandatory to wear an antistatic wrist strap (order no.: CM+9.9999 0830.0).
This avoids static discharges on electronic components. Static discharges
can lead to defective components on the printed circuit boards.
1.2
Safety precautions of the printer

This section describes all machine specific safety precautions built into the
printer.
It lists following safety precautions:
Safety precaution
Details see..
Safety switch
1.2.1
Supplementary ground cable
1.2.2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 1
Repair and Service

1.2.1
DD+DIS008.04E
Safety switch
The machine has one safety

switch, located below the top
cover.
It serves as a safety feature if a
someone opens the machine (e.g.
to remove a film jam).
When the top cover is opened, the

safety switch is activated.
It cuts off the voltage to all motors,
and the print head.
5365_Reg03_01_001_e.eps
Figure 1
For service purposes the safety switch, SW1 can be overridden by
means of a service key (refer to Figure 1). In this case there is a risk of
injuries by moving mechanical or current-carrying electrical parts.
Before the printer is closed the service key must be removed again,
otherwise the mechanism of the safety switch may get damaged.
Chapter 3.1 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
1.2.2
Supplementary ground cable

To meet the regulations for the printer according to the machine standards
EN60601-1 there is usually no Supplementary ground cable required. This
also applies to installations in the patient's room.
Exception:
The printer is located in the patient's room AND is connected to
equipment not corresponding to EN60601-1.
In this case a Supplementary ground
cable must be connected to the
provided connector at the back of the
printer.
For this purpose a Supplementary
ground cable is required which is not
included in the machine shipment.
Specifications of the cable:
green/yellow color,
cross-section of 4 mm2.
5365_Reg03_01_002_e.eps
Figure 2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
1.3
Guidelines regarding safety during service work

This section describes the safety guidelines to be considered during service
work.
Safety precaution
1.3.1
Details see..
General safety guidelines for service work
1.3.1
Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements
1.3.2
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection
1.3.3
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head
1.3.4
General safety guidelines for service work

The following points must be observed during all repair or maintenance work:
Make sure to always disconnect the machine to be repaired or maintained
from the mains.
1.3.2
Caution: Even when the machine is switched off, as long as it has not
been disconnected from the mains some components may still be
supplied.
Caution: If the mains connection is absolutely necessary for the

respective action (repair and maintenance work), this job must only be
done by trained personnel.
Before printer service or replacing conductive parts always switch off the
printer and disconnect the power.
Before switching the printer off make sure that there are no films being
printed at this time.
Replace defective parts with original spare parts only.
Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements

When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must
be observed:
Always switch off the printer and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never
touch any parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry
a PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
Chapter 3.1 / 4
Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected
from electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
1.3.3
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection

Most of the Service PCs are not in compliance with the EN60601-1
standards. Therefore a Service PC which is to be connected via RS232 or
RJ45 interface to a printer must not be connected to the mains but must be
operated on its internal battery supply (low voltage). Only in this case the
printer keeps its EN60601-1 compliance.
However, if the service PC is connected to the RS232 or RJ45 interface and
has to be connected to the mains, take care, that nobody touches the printer.
1.3.4
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head

During operation the Thermal Print
Head gets hot (up to 70 C).
Avoid contact with the Thermal
Print Head due to the risk of burn.
Observe the corresponding sticker
on the Thermal Print Head.
5365_reg003_01_003_e.eps
Figure 3
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
Safety check upon completion of the repair work

Upon completion of any repair job, especially after replacing or installing
conductive parts, check the following points as a routine safety check.
Country specific regulations must be observed as well.
2.1.1
Safety check
Details see..
Visual check
2.1.1
Electrical check
2.1.2
Visual check
Make sure that the power cord and the cables inside the machine do not
show any signs of damage.
Make sure that the ventilation slots before the print head and the power
supply are free and that the print head and power supply ventilation is
working properly.
Make sure, that no obstacles can cause stumbling (e.g. cables), and no
defective covers, sharp edges or parts sticking out in the vicinity of the
machine can cause injuries.
Make sure that no smoldering spots or wrong cabling is visible.
Make sure that all grounding connections to metallic covers are present.
Chapter 3.1 / 6
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
2.1.2
Electrical check
In case of repairs in on parts of the mains supply check the protective earth
resistance according to the national regulations. See Figure 4.
Example
Germany
(according to Standard
VDE 0701 part 1):
1. Internal circuit of the machine to
be tested.
PE
3
2. Gauge to measure the grounding

resistance.
3. Connection between the gauge

and the machine ground
4. Connection between the gauge
and conductive, touchable parts in
the machine.
5365_reg03_01_004_e.eps
Figure 4
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
2.1.3
Practical example for Drystar 5300:

Use a multimeter that is capable to measure a resistance < 1 Ohm.
Put one probe at the ground connector of the mains input.
Put the other probe at a few metallic parts that the customer can touch
(in the example in Figure 5 the frame below the rear cover).
The electrical resistance has to be 0.3 Ohm.
In case the electrical resistance of one measurement is > 0.1 Ohm, check
the printer for loose grounding connections !
Example
5365_Reg03_01_005_e.eps
Figure 5
Chapter 3.1 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5635/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Machine specific tools, software tools and auxiliary means
Chapter 3.2
List of Contents
Machine specific Tools.............................................................................. 1
1.1
Mandatory Tools ....................................................................................................1
1.2
Optional Tools ........................................................................................................2
1.2.1 Minimum Configuration of the Service PC ...............................................................3
1.2.2 Recommended Configuration of the Service PC .....................................................3
Software Tools ........................................................................................... 4
2.1
Key-operator Menu on the local Keypad .............................................................5
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
Infocounter .............................................................................................................5
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report .............................................7
Infocounter Analysis via Service Command session ...............................................8
How to evaluate the Infocounter ..............................................................................8
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
Test Images ..........................................................................................................10

Testimage STI1......................................................................................................11
Testimage STI2......................................................................................................13
Testimage SMPTE .................................................................................................14
Testimage Medical_Image .....................................................................................16
Testimage LinCheck ..............................................................................................17
Testimage TQ-18 ...................................................................................................18
2.4
Show Error Codes................................................................................................19
2.5
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
Web Pages ............................................................................................................19

Operator Tools .......................................................................................................21
Key-Operator Tools................................................................................................22
Service Engineer Tools ..........................................................................................23
Connection to the Web Pages ...............................................................................26
2.6
Printer Logging ....................................................................................................30
2.6.1 Required Information for the Support Center .........................................................30
2.6.2 Printer Bootup-Message ........................................................................................32
2.7
ADVP .....................................................................................................................36
Software Installation.................................................................................38
3.1
SW Update: Loading a SW Patch .......................................................................38
3.1.1 Software Update via CF card .................................................................................39
3.1.2 Software Update via a remote Computer...............................................................39
3.2
Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty internal CF Card .......................40
3.3
Emergency SW Installation on a Printer in "Error - System Failure" State ....42

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Machine specific Tools

In addition to the conventional service tools which every service engineer has
in his toolbox, the following tools are required for service on the printer:
1.1
Mandatory Tools
The mandatory tools are required for repair, troubleshooting or maintenance of
the printer.
Tool
Part Number
Purpose
Anti-static wrist strap
CM+9.9999.0830.0
To avoid static discharges

on electronic components
Cleaning tissue (box of 50 CM+309931.0

pieces)
To clean the TH
Densitometer*
To be bought locally To perform CDM

calibration
Ink Eraser 'Pelikan'
10+999991176.0
For the 'dry TH cleaning'

procedure
Loop 8x
CM+9.9579.9904.0
To check image quality of

films at the lightbox
Service key
CM+9.0426.6309.0
To override the safety

switch
Standard ruler (1mm)
Commercially
available
For horizontal image

adjustment
*As DT film used in the Drystar printers has a slightly different color
compared to conventional films, different densitometers give different density
readings, depending on the light source.
To make a correct density measurement use only a calibrated densitometer
MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag
D200-2. Other densitometers are not supported.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/1
Repair and Service

1.2
DD+DIS346.05E
Optional Tools
The optional tools are required in exceptional cases only.
Tool
Part Number
Crossed network
cable
EB+72010270 To get access to the printer

or commercially homepage, in case access via the
available
hospital network is not possible.
RS232 null-modem
cable for the Service
PC (SUB D 9F/9F)
EB+44160021
To get access to the printers

terminal level. Only required in
exceptional cases for
troubleshooting.
Compact Flash
reader/writer USB
EB+72010600
To read/write the CF-cards on a

Desktop/Service PC.
PCMCIA CF-card
adapter
EB+72010160
To read/write the CF-card on the

Service PC.
External CF-card
128 MB
CM+343356.0
To install and/or save software &

data.
Service PC
Commercially
available.
To perform different service actions

(access to the printer homepage;
evaluate infocounter etc.)
See also 1.2.1

and 1.2.2 on
page 3.
Purpose

Chapter 3.2/2
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
1.2.1
Minimum Configuration of the Service PC

The following specification is an absolute minimum configuration for the
Service PC:
Type
Laptop
Screen
VGA compatible, 800x600 Pixel
Mouse
integrated
CPU
Pentium, 133 MHz
RAM
64 Mbytes
Hard disk
2 Gbytes
Disk drive
3.5 1.44 Mbytes
CD-ROM drive
24-times
Serial port
COM1 or COM2 available
Network board
Ethernet 10 Mbps
Operating system
Windows 95, 98 or NT
Browser
Internet Explorer 5.0
Modem
analog 56 Kbps or ISDN
As the printer has a CF card reader integrated, it is important to have a

Service PC with CF card reader (USB or PCMCIA)
1.2.2
Recommended Configuration of the Service PC

The national Agfa GICS department (Global Information and Communication
Services) is responsible for selection and configuration of the Service PC.
The actual specification is available via Agfa Intranet: Follow the link:
Agfa Intranet IT helpdesk - GICS Intranet - Infrastructure Standards - Agfa
standards for PCs, laptops, printers, organizers, mobiles,...
For employees not directly working at Agfa - and so not getting the service
PC directly from GICS, we recommend to use the minimum configuration of
the Service PC mentioned above as a guideline regarding PC hardware and
software.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Software Tools
Following software tools are available
Software Tool
Purpose
Details see..
Key-operator
menu on the local
keypad
Perform most of the required service

actions
2.1
Infocounter
Troubleshooting
2.2
Test images
Troubleshooting image faults;

Confirmation of perfect image quality
2.3
Show error codes
View reason, meaning and cure of error

codes
2.4
Web Pages
Perform DICOM attribute adjustments,

e.g. image adjustments
2.5
Logging
View the online logging for

troubleshooting purposes
2.6
ADVP
Test the DICOM communication

between modality and printer
2.7
Besides the functions offered in the Service menu and the WebPages no
other service software is available nor required.

Chapter 3.2/4
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.1
Key-operator Menu on the local Keypad

PURPOSE
USE
The key-operator menu allows most of the actions that are required for
installation, repair and maintenance of the printer.
(1) Press the Key-operator menu key
to select the Key-operator
menu.
and
keys select
(2) With the
the desired menu, (or the desired
character when entering text).
and
keys to
(3) Use the
select the desired digit.
(4) Press
to confirm a selection or
to cancel.
536601ga.cdr
Figure 1
NOTES
2.2
(1) The Key-operator menu is also available via the Web pages
(username: drystar, password: 5300).
(2) For a complete description of the Key-operator functions, please refer to
the DRYSTAR 5300 Reference manual.
An overview of all key-operator menus is available in section 3.7,
Software menus, Settings.
Infocounter
PURPOSE
The infocounter is used for troubleshooting purposes and for investigation of

the printer history before maintenance.
It contains following information:
-
General information about the printer
Information about the installation site of the printer
Information about the configuration and hardware components of the

printer
Statistics about service interventions
Statistics about machine reliability
Error history
This information about the printer is located in a persistent database.

Every 10 minutes there is an automatic update of the database on the
internal CF card.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
A copy of the infocounter data is always stored in the battery RAM of the
printer. At software installation the contents of the battery RAM are written to
the internal CF card.
This guarantees, that the infocounter data are not lost after exchange of the
internal CF card.
To view the infocounter a service PC is required.
Two possibilities exist to get the infocounter on the Service PC:
#
Type of Infocounter analysis:
Refer to ...
Via Printers Infocounters Report
2.2.1
Via Service Command session
2.2.2
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via Printers

Infocounters Report', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
Method B, 'Via Service Command session ' might be useful, when you can
access a PC in the hospital network for a short time, to save the infocounter
file on the printer CF card for analysis on the Service PC.

Chapter 3.2/6
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
7 Service Actions
5 Logging
2. Infocounters
General information
List of errors
Printer Infocounters report
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter key-operator command session
Enter service command session
Release remote command session
Scalingtools
Setup
Connectivity
DICOM profileWelcome
editor to this
LPD ProfileDryStar
Editor 5300 printer
Network configuration
Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
1. To printer flash card
Modules
2. To remote computer
Module
repair
Go back
536509cf.cdr
Figure 2
2.2.1
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

(1) Connect the Service PC to the
network
(2) Start the browser (Internet
Explorer 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the
printer in the address window.
(4) Select menu "Service Engineer
Tools - Printer Infocounters
Report"
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
described in section 2.2.3,
How to evaluate the Infocounter
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 3

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/7
Repair and Service

2.2.2
Infocounter Analysis via Service Command session

network
Explorer 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer
in the address window.
Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 5
Logging - 2 Infocounters"
(5) Save the infocounter file to the
service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the
ICN_drystar5300_xxxx_DATE.zip
(xxxx stands for serial number)
file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file as
2.2.3
DD+DIS346.05E
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 4

Infocounters.txt evaluation
What to check in the
infocounter
Comment
1.1 Serial number and

Installation date
Compare device serial number with chapter 8

Manufacturing Standard Modification to
determine whether the device possibly requires a
modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), HW Modification
History, to check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info
Compare the currently installed SW version with

the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8,
SW releases, patches.

Chapter 3.2/8
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
infocounter
Comment
2.3 Reliability
Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher

fault rates need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware Modification

History
By comparing the status of the device with the

available modifications (refer to Technical
Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware
status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification

history
By checking the software modification history it

can be determined, whether a recent software
upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite
often in the error list in the past
5.3 Retries
Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints)

have to be investigated: They may reduce the
throughput of the device.
5.7 Error History
Check which errors occurred in the last days,

how often they appeared as well as the CBF
(cycles between failures) of these errors. This
gives an overview of the current status of the
machine.
5.8 Error list (sorted by

relative) and
Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the

technical documentation, chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.

total):

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/9
Repair and Service

2.3
DD+DIS346.05E
Test Images
PURPOSE
The test images are used to check the complete printer function as well as
checking the image quality and certain adjustments
The list enclosed gives an overview of the different test images. This list is
based on software release 2.0.0_C1.
Name / Purpose
Thumbnail picture
Details see..
'STI1'
2.3.1
Composed of many different test

images to check all aspects of
image quality.
'STI2'
2.3.2
Composed of many different test

images to check all aspects of
image quality.
SMPTE
2.3.3
Standard test image for evaluation

of image quality.
Medical_image
2.3.4
Test image to check, whether

image artifacts, which are slightly
visible in one of the technical
images, are also visible in a
medical test image.
LinCheck
2.3.5
Test image with 11 increasing grey

values. Used for density
reproduction check.
TQ-18
2.3.6
Standard Mammography test

image for evaluation of contrast
visibility.
Only available for
software Rel. 2.0.0_C1

Chapter 3.2/10
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.3.1
Testimage STI1
PURPOSE
USAGE
Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image

quality.
(1) In the browser pages select menu
'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3
Print Testimage - 1 Test image STI1.ZIP'.
(2) The test image as displayed in
Figure 5 will be printed.
Figure 5
EVALUATION
Evaluate the test image at the

lightbox as follows:
(1) Field 1 contains a continuous
grey wedge from grey value 0 to
255.
Check: no single grey steps may
be visible (in case single grey
steps are visible, this is called
'contouring'. The naming for this
artifact is derived from the contour
lines in a hiking map).
Figure 6

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
(2) Field 2 consists of 256 small squares, with grey values from 0 to 255.
Each square has inside another smaller square, with a grey level which is
2 grey steps darker than the surrounding square.
Check: all 256 squares must be visible. In addition, a contrast difference
must be visible between the individual square and the small square
inside.
(3) Field 3 contains a flat field with density value 2.0.
Check: no stripes in any direction may be visible.
In case an artifact in the image can be observed, refer to chapter 3.3,
troubleshooting for symptom, reason and cure.

Chapter 3.2/12
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.3.2
Testimage STI2
PURPOSE
USAGE
Composed of several different test images to check most aspects of image

quality.
Print Testimage - 1 Test image STI2.ZIP'.
Figure 7
EVALUATION

(1) Field 1 contains white and black
lines / dots of 1, 2 and 3 pixel
width
2
1
Check: all lines / dots must be

visible
(2) Field 2 consists of a SMPTE
testimage. Refer to 2.3.3
(3) Field 3 consists of a flatfield with
Dmax 1.0
Check: No line artifacts in

horizontal or vertical direction
may be visible.
536532em.cdr
Figure 8

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/13
Repair and Service

2.3.3
DD+DIS346.05E
Testimage SMPTE
PURPOSE
USAGE
Standard test image for evaluation of image quality and for trouble shooting
(see chapter 3.3.).
(1) In the key-operator menu select '3
Print Image - 1 Testimage SMPTE_xxx.tif'.
SMPTE_lin.TIF: Taste LUT

linear. Dmax = Dmax Printer
SMPTE_l300.TIF: Taste LUT
linear. Dmax = 3.0
SMPTE_kan.TIF: Taste LUT
Kanamori. Dmax = Dmax Printer
Figure 9

Chapter 3.2/14
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
EVALUATION

(1) Fields 1 (4x) consist of 6 squares
with horizontal and vertical black
and white stripes (1, 2 and 3
pixels wide).
Check: Each of the 6 squares
must show constant distance
between the black and white lines
(no interferences may be visible,
leading to unequal distances).
(2) Fields 2 (4x) have the same
pattern as fields 1, but less
contrast
Figure 10
Check: All 6 squares must be visible.
(3) Fields 3 (3x) consist of several squares with the same density.
Check: The individual squares must show constant density. No stripes or
other artifacts.
(4) Field 4 consists of a black square (100% black) with a smaller grey
square inside (95% black)
The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a
smaller square with slightly lower density.
(5) Field 5 consists of a white square (0% black) with a smaller grey square
inside (5% black)
Check: The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must
be a smaller square with slightly higher density.
(6) Field 6 consists of a black square (100% black).
Check: The square must show Dmax (default: 3.2 O.D.)
(7) Fields 7 consists of a white square (0% black).
Check: The square must show fog level (for clear based film approx. 0.1
O.D., for blue based film approx. 0.2 O.D.)
To check density reproduction, especially for Dmax, use the LinCheck.ZIP
test image and measure in the "Density measurement area", as there also
the CDM is measuring. Only in this case the measured densities are
comparable.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/15
Repair and Service

2.3.4
DD+DIS346.05E
Testimage Medical_Image
PURPOSE
USAGE
Test image to check, whether image artifacts, which are slightly visible in one
of the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image.
Print Testimage - 1 Test image Medical_image.ZIP'.
Figure 11
EVALUATION Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as follows:
(1) This medical test image of a chest is the most critical medical test image
regarding visibility of image artifacts, due to its huge bright areas. In
bright areas the eye is most sensitive.
Check: image artifacts, like stripes in horizontal or vertical direction,
which are slightly visible in a technical image (e.g. STI test image), may
not be visible in the medical test image.

Chapter 3.2/16
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.3.5
Testimage LinCheck
PURPOSE
USAGE
Test image to check density reproduction.

Print Testimage - 1 Test image LinCheck.ZIP'.
536632ga.cdr
Figure 12
EVALUATION
(1) The test image contains a grey

wedge. This grey wedge is
measured during the density
reproduction check.
Refer to chapter 3.6,
Adjustments.
Density measurement area
536632gb.cdr
Figure 13
For check of density reproduction only measure in the density measurement
area, as there also the CDM is measuring.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/17
Repair and Service

2.3.6
DD+DIS346.05E
Testimage TQ-18
PURPOSE
USAGE
Standard Mammography test image for evaluation of contrast visibility.

Only available for software Rel. 2.0.0_C1
(1) In the key-operator menu select
'4 Print Image - 1 Test image TQ-18.tif'.*
Figure 14
EVALUATION

(1) The two squares "2" in fields B
must be visible (13 pixel values
density difference).
(2) All small squares "3" and "4" must
be visible in squares "A" (4 pixel
values density difference)
Figure 15

Chapter 3.2/18
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.4
Show Error Codes

PURPOSE
USAGE
View Reason - Meaning - Cure at the local display to an error that appeared
at the printer.
Possibility 1: View the last error code:
(1) In the key-operator menu select 7 Service Actions - 1 Error messages
Possibility 2: View all error codes:
(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - List of errors
2.5
Web Pages
The web pages provide for following menus:
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Service engineer tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 16

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/19
Repair and Service

Menu
DD+DIS346.05E
Content (Short description)
Refer to .....
Operator Tools
Printer queue viewing for the operator
2.5.1
Key-Operator Tools
Same like Key-Operator menu on local

display
2.5.2
Service Engineer
Tools
Functions for configuration and

troubleshooting of the Controller part of
the printer
2.5.3
Specialist Tools
Software tools reserved for R&D to

perform special actions during test
phase of the printer.
Not further
described
Security Tools
Software Tools to configure user

access control and secure
communication as defined by HIPAA.
This menu is reserved for the Hospital
Security Manager
Not further
described
Help
Describes purpose and content of the

Web pages menus.
Not further
described
A detailed structure of the web pages can be found in chapter 3.7, Software
menus, settings.

Chapter 3.2/20
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.5.1
Operator Tools
Welcome to this
HOME
Id Patient Name
875
XYZ
876
XYZ
877
XYZ
878
XYZ
879
XYZ
Operator - Printer Status

Host
CT_A
CT_A
CT_A
CT_A
CT_A
Created On Sent Status

Priority
Normal
16-02-2005 0/1 Printing
Normal
16-02-2005 0/1 Printing
Normal
16-02-2005 0/46 Printing
16-02-2005 0/1 Calculating Normal
Normal
16-02-2005 0/1 Waiting
View Status
Figure 17
Main Purpose
Printer queue viewing for the operator
Username / Password
operator / operator (case sensitive)
Sub menus
None
Comment
--

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/21
Repair and Service

2.5.2
DD+DIS346.05E
Key-Operator Tools
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

Remote sessions
HOME

Figure 18
Main Purpose
Provides same functions like Key-Operator

menu on local display
Username / Password
drystar / 5300
Sub menus
1. Enter key-operator command session: Shows

list of menus like Key-Operator menu on local
keypad.
2. Release remote command session: Makes a
reset on the key-operator command session,
to release the connection, in case the keyoperator command session hangs.
As long as a key-operator or service command session via web pages is

active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Service active'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session web pages at
the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.

Chapter 3.2/22
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Service Engineer Tools
2.5.3
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration Data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
DICOM profile editor
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
Figure 19
Main Purpose
Provides functions for configuration and

troubleshooting of the Controller part of the
printer
Username / Password
mega / ******
Sub menus
1. List of errors: Shows list of all HC.... error

codes. Same content like chapter 3.3,
appendix, error codes..
2. Infocounters Report: Shows printer
infocounter.
3. DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report*: Shows
infocounter of the Controller part of the
printer.
4. QA Report Page: Shows a short summary of
the printer status concerning voltages, error
state, temperatures, CDM sensor, LCD
Display settings, CF card status.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/23
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
5. Software versions*: Shows SW versions of

printer and controller part of the printer.
6. Show printer status: Shows possible
warnings or defects or user messages which
are currently displayed at the local display.
7. Enter key-operator command session: Same
function like Key-operator Menu on local
keypad.
8. Enter service command session: Same
function like Service Menu on local keypad.
9. Release remote command session: Makes a
reset on the Key-operator / Service command
session, to release the connection, in case
the session hangs.
10. Reboot Drystar*: Reboots the printer.
11. Reset Calibration Data: Overwrites the
currently stored CDM, TH profile and/or film
calibration values with default values.
12. Scaling Setup: Menu to define general image
interpolation related settings
13. DICOM profile editor: Different menus to
define printer behavior regarding DICOM
communication.
14. LPD profile editor: Different menus to define
printer behavior regarding Postscript
communication
15. Network Configuration: Allows special
network settings to adapt to other network
devices.
16. Printqueue editor*: Provides functions for
extended queue management.
17. Controller logging*: Provides functions to
view, filter, adapt and save log files.
18. Modules: Provides functions to check sensors
and motors of single modules.
Refer to Figure 20: Service Engineer Modules Pages
As long as a key-operator or service command session via web pages is
active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Service active'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session web pages at
the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.

Chapter 3.2/24
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Screenshot of Modules page:
Figure 20: Service Engineer - Modules Pages

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/25
Repair and Service

2.5.4
DD+DIS346.05E
Connection to the Web Pages

USAGE

network
Explorer 5)
In case the printer homepage is
not displayed, refer to 2.5.4.1
Adaptation of the PC IP address
next page.
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 21
As an alternative, if it is not possible
to put the Service PC into the hospital
network:
(1) Use a crossed network UTP cable
to connect the network interface
of the Service PC directly with the
network interface of the printer.
Explorer 5)
in the address window. In case
the printer homepage is not
displayed, refer to 2.5.4.1
next page.
Service PC
Crossed
network
cable
536532ek.cdr
Figure 22

Chapter 3.2/26
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.5.4.1

To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP
address of the Service PC has to be adapted.
Basic rules:
Case 1: The service PC is part of the hospital network.
(1) Get the IP address and possibly the subnet mask* for the Service PC
from the hospital network administrator. In case the hospital network
administrator wants to have the Service PC working only in a subnet, get
from him the netmask (also called subnet mask).
(2) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 23 to Figure
26.
Case 2: The service PC is not part of the hospital network, but connected
via crossed UTP network cable to the printer.
(1) Look up the printer IP address and subnet mask in the printer key
operator menu show settings - Network.
(2) Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting 1 to
the last digit of the IP address.
Example: Printer IP address =
10.6.5.121
Service PC address =
10.6.5.122 or 10.6.5.120
(3) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 23 to Figure
26.
Figure 23
Figure 24

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/27
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
*Default Subnet Masks (set for NO subnetting)

Class
First 3 digits of IP
subnet mask
0......126
255.0.0.0
128......191
255.255.0.0
192.......223
255.255.255.0
Figure 25
Figure 26

Chapter 3.2/28
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.5.4.2
Adaptation of the Browser Proxy Settings

In case the connection to the Internet is configured for a connection via Proxy
server, this has to be disabled to be able to connect to the printer:
(1) In the Internet Explorer select "Tools - Internet Options"
(2) Select tab "Connections"
(3) In case a proxy server is configured, tick the checkbox "Bypass Proxy
server for local addresses".
Figure 27

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/29
Repair and Service

2.6
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer Logging
Item "Printer Logging" is divided in following sections:
2.6.1
Section
refer to ...
Required information for the support center
2.6.1
Printer Bootup Message
2.6.2
Required Information for the Support Center

In case of persistent problems like Connectivity / DICOM problems or film
jams it may be required - as part of the escalation procedure - to send all
logfiles, session files and infocounters to the support center.
Proceeding:
Step #
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Descpription
In the Service Engineer Tools go to "Controller
Logging"
Set tasks
- PrintJobHandler
- DCMPrintSCP_0
- DCMPrintSCP_1 (if available)
to TRACE
Produce the fault by sending an image from the
modality or by printing a test image
Reboot the printer
Get the session files
Get the infocounter file
Save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
Send the
Session file
Infocounter file
to your support center
Comment
---
--See note 1
See note 1
See note 2
--
At sporadic problems (Connectivity / DICOM problems; film jams) skip Steps

1 to 4. Immediately start with step 5
Path for session file / infocounter:
Enter service command session 7 service actions 5 logging 1 session
reports (select all files) / 2 Infocounters report To this computer

Chapter 3.2/30
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
How to save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"

In the "Service Engineer Tools" go to the "DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
page right mouse key save page as.
2.6.1.1
How to view the Logfiles offline

Step #
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Descpription
Install the PIDEX
tool
Extract the
corresponding log
file of the session
file.
In the PIDEX tool
select "Tools
logview" and open
the desired logfile
Comment
Available on MEDNET, GSO Library
In the PIDEX tool go

to function "Edit
find" to find the
desired information.
It is also possible to select a single

word in the logfile. Then all other
occurances of this expression are also
highlighted.
See note below
A session file is named e.g.

DS5300_1052_SES_21OCT2005_09-55-48.ZIP, where the different figures
represent following information:
DS5300:
Printer (Drystar 5300)
1052:
Serial Number
SES:
Session File
21OCT2005: Current date
09-55-48:
Current time HH-MM-SS
Interesting for troubleshooting are following files within the SES files:
vilis.log (controller and print engine);
time.log

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/31
Repair and Service

2.6.2
DD+DIS346.05E
Printer Bootup-Message
PURPOSE
The printer terminal level provides following service action:
An online logging, which displays all actions of the printer software during
bootup.
The printer terminal level is a tool for service specialists only.

It is used for troubleshooting to view the boot-up messages.
USAGE

printer as displayed in Figure 28.
(2) Start the HyperTerminal as
displayed in section 2.6.2.1.
(3) Switch the printer on:
Now the bootup message
appears
When the Printer login appears
the bootup message is finished.
536632ep.cdr
Figure 28
2.6.2.1
Setup of the HyperTerminal

The hyper terminal setup as displayed here can be used for all AGFA
devices.
Instead of the HyperTerminal following other programs can be recommended
to connect to terminal level:
xt.
xt.exe is an AGFA program, which is part of the IMOS package. It can be
started in a DOS box by typing xt
IMOS Start Menu.

The IMOS Start Menu software has a terminal built in. Select tools terminal. Depending on the configuration of IMOS Start, either a DOS
box with xt will be opened or a Hyper terminal window will pop-up.
(1) To start the setup of the HyperTerminal, go to Programs - Accessories HyperTerminal - HyperTerminal

Chapter 3.2/32
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Figure 29
(2) Enter a name for the connection,
e.g. AGFA
Figure 30
(3) Select COM1 or COM2 for
communication port (depending
on what you are using on the
Service PC)
Figure 31

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/33
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
(4) Make the setup of the

HyperTerminal session as
displayed here, i.e.
-
9600 Bps
8 data bits
no parity
1 stop bit
flow control Xon/Xoff
(5) Select OK
Figure 32
(6) Select Properties
Figure 33

Chapter 3.2/34
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
(7) Select settings
Figure 34
(8) Select VT100 for emulation type
(9) Press OK
Figure 35
(10)
Press <Enter>
Now the bootup message or login

prompt is visible.
Figure 36

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/35
Repair and Service

2.7
DD+DIS346.05E
ADVP
The latest version of ADVP can be downloaded from MEDNET GSO Library
(Hardcopy - Wet Imagers - LR DICOM Controller - Freeware)
PURPOSE
USAGE
DICOM troubleshooting tool to check the DICOM interface of the printer. In

this case ADVP sends a test image to the printer.
ADVP can be used to send test images from the service PC to the printer via
network
ADVP can run on the service PC or any Windows PC in the network. The
only pre-requisite: The PC must be part of the network.
536532eq.cdr
Figure 37

Chapter 3.2/36
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
(1) Start ADVP

(2) Select 'Basic Grayscale' in the
'Start up configuration' screen.
(3) Select 'Test - Print Film'
(4) Select 'SMPTE' (or any other
test film).
(5) In the 'Configuration' window fill
in Called (Printer) AE Title and
'Printer IP address'.
(6) Select 'OK'. Now the desired test
film is sent to the printer.
Figure 38: ADVP as Print SCU

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/37
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Software Installation
You want to ...
Example
Refer to .....
Upgrade the SW to a higher

basic release
SW Upgrade from SW Rel.

1.90_C1 to 2.0.0_C1
Chapter 7,
Modifications
Update the SW with a patch
SW Update from 1.9.0_C1 to

1.9.1_C1
3.1
Install SW on a new, empty

internal CF card.
Install SW 1.9.0_C1 on an
empty internal CF card
3.2
Re-install the software on a Re-Install SW 1.9.0_C1 on a

printer in ERROR - SYSTEM printer that does not bootup
FAILURE state.
anymore.
3.3
A software upgrade is a functional extension. It is usually sold through

the Sales and Services Channels
A software update is a corrective modification of the basic software
version. It does not include new functionality. SW Updates (Patches) are
available on MedNet.
3.1
SW Update: Loading a SW Patch

This chapter describes the SW Update with a patch.
For instructions regarding SW upgrade to a higher basic release (e.g. SW
Upgrade from SW Rel. 1.90_C1 to 2.0.0_C1) refer to Chapter 7,
Modifications
A SW Update can be performed in two ways:
SW Update via ...
Refer to .....
Key-operator menu at the local keypad using the CF card
3.1.1
Service menu in the Webpages using the network

connection
3.1.2

Chapter 3.2/38
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Software Update via CF card
3.1.1
Purpose
SW Upgrade
Software Update: Installation of a software patch

(1) In the key-operator menu select
'9 Installation - 1 Installation from
CF card'
the local keypad.
(3) After the software update print a
SMPTE test image (Key Operator
menu: 3 Print Image - 1
Testimage - 2 SMPTE.zip') and a
test image from every modality to
confirm the successful update.
(4) Re-new the backup on CF card.
536532ac.cdr
Figure 39
3.1.2
Software Update via a remote Computer

Purpose
SW Upgrade
Software Update: Installation of a software patch

(1) Establish a web browser
connection to the printer. Refer to
chapter 2.5, Web Pages
(2) In the printer homepage select
Key-operator Command Session 9 Installation - 1 New Software
Installation - 1 This computer'
(3) Select 'Browse'
(4) Select the ZIP file to be uploaded
(e.g. DS5300_SWR_180C1.zip).
(5) Follow the further instructions in
the web pages

Username
mega
Username
******
Enter Key-operator command session
9. Installation
1. New Software Installation
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Installation
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values
536532eo.cdr
Figure 40
(6) After the software update print a SMPTE test image (Key Operator menu:
3 Print Image - 1 Testimage - 2 SMPTE.tif') and a test image from every
modality to confirm the successful upgrade.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/39
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
During file upload it is not checked, whether the software you are uploading
is really software for Drystar 5300. Be sure to upload the correct ZIP file.
The ZIP file is only available via MEDNET - GSO library - Hardcopy Dry
Imagers Drystar 5300 Freeware
Notice:
3.2
Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that

one of the boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade.
In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific
board may become unusable.
Do not reboot the printer before requested by the web pages.
Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty internal CF Card

Purpose
This section describes the SW Installation on an empty internal CF card,

e.g. after exchange of the internal CF card.
SW Installation (1) Insert the CF card with the printer

"Emergency_Install" software in
on empty HD
the CF card reader
(2) Reboot the printer
(3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select "NO".
Refer to Figure 42.
the display.
(5) Select menu "5 Restore
Configuration" to reload the
previous configuration when
finished.
(6) Perform a film calibration.
536532ac.cdr
Figure 41

Chapter 3.2/40
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Important remark:
After software installation on a new,
empty internal CF card, the printer
is only in the same state than
before, if an up-to-date backup is
available.
In case the CF card is lost or not
readable the complete printer setup
has to be redone.
After Emergency SW Installation on a
new, empty internal CF card without
"Configuration Restore" the printer is
in the same state like it has been
shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10)
Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
Emergency SW Install
Do you want
to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
536632gc.cdr
Figure 42
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET,
GSO Library.
Caution:

Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad
message

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/41
Repair and Service

3.3
DD+DIS346.05E
Emergency SW Installation on a Printer in "Error - System Failure"

State
Purpose
This section describes the SW Installation on a printer in

ERROR - SYSTEM FAILURE state.
Important remark:
The software installation procedure
described here formats the internal
CF card.
In case you select "NO" at question
"Do you want to preserve config"
the configuration data are erased.
In this case the printer is only in the
same state than before, if an up-todate backup is available.
In case the CF card is lost or not
has to be redone.
Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
Do you want
to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
536632gc.cdr
Figure 43
SW Installation (1) Insert the CF card with the printer
"Emergency_Install" software in
on printer in
the CF card reader
"Error (2)
Reboot the printer
System
Failure" State (3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select:
"NO" to erase the complete
configuration
"YES" to keep the current
configuration.
Refer to Figure 43 and to info
below.
the local keypad.
536532ac.cdr
Figure 44
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET,
GSO Library.

Chapter 3.2/42
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Caution:

message
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation to preserve the

configuration following steps are executed internally:
1. A backup of the printer configuration data is created and copied to
RAM
2. The software is copied from external CF card to internal CF card and
inflated.
3. The boards are programmed.
4. The backup is restored from RAM.
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation not to preserve the
configuration the configuration data are erased. The printer in this case is in
the same state like it has been shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10).

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.2/43
Chapter 3.3
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Troubleshooting
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Please note
The Chapter Troubleshooting, Edition 1, Revision 7, has been replaced by the

separately available Troubleshooting Guide, DD+DIS153.08E.
Please download the Troubleshooting Guide from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Imagers Drystar 5300 Trouble shooting guide
A description of the printer error codes is appended to this document.


eq_03-3_troubleshooting_e_template_v05
Repair and Service

Troubleshooting
DD+DIS346.05E
intentionally left blank

08-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.3 / 2
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Appendix: Error Catalogue
The error catalogue is part of the device software (file "error.xml"). It cane be extracted from
SWR_DRYSTAR5300_R2.0.0_C1.zip errors.jar error.xml.
The print-out supplied here is based on software release 2.0.0_C1 (error.xml dated 26/Oct/2005)
Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below)
error messages will be issued as error code or plain text:
Type
Action
Error message will be issued as
Defect
Replace
Message "MODXX Please replace module"
Defect
See manual
Message "EXXXXXX texttext"
Failure
None
Message "WXXXXXX - texttext"
Accidental
None
Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)
List of Modules:
MOD Nr..
MOD01
MOD02
MOD03
MOD04
MOD05
MOD06
MOD07
MOD08
MOD09
MOD10
MOD11
MOD12
MOD14
MOD15
MOD20
MOD21
Spare Part
Input Block Module
Pickup Module
Print Drum Module
Thermal Head Module
Output Module
Drum drive module
Vilis module
Power Supply Module
Display Module
TPH filter Module
Themis Module
RAM Module
TPH Cooling Fan Module
OSB PCB Module
In SW < Rel. 2.0.0_C1 the Themis and RAM module are part of MOD07:
Vilis/Themis/RAM module.

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue
Drystar 5300 (Type 5365)
Chapter 3.3 / Appendix page 1

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201000 : inputtraymodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
201000
Action
SeeManual
Reason
XS1 not connected to input module
Cure
Connect XS1 to input module
This error is displayed as " E201000: XS1 not connected ".
Error E201000 is detected by a loop-back cable in the fixed part of connector

XS1. In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is not
returned to the Vilis CPU, the printer assumes, that the cable is not connected.
HC201001 : pickupmodule.tray.configuration
Type
Failure
Context
201001
Action
None
Reason
Wrong film format
Cure
Specify correct film format
This error is displayed as " W201001: Wrong film format specified ".
The printer always prints the film on the available film format, no matter which
film format is specified at the modality.
This means, that warning W201001 just tells the operator, that the printer
uses a different film format than it is specified at the modality. The film will be
printed on the available film material.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201003 : inputtraymodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
201003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Inputtray Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect inputtray elabel
Reason2
Inputtray Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01
This error is displayed as " W201003: Elabel failure on input tray ".
The e-label contains information about the module, like serial number or
adjustment parameters. A defective or disconnected e-label has following
disadvantages:
In case of a defective internal CF card in combination with missing

backup CF card, after installation of a new internal CF card the
information about this module cannot be read in. In the worst case the
printer is not operational anymore.
The repair center does not get information about this module, in case it
has to be exchanged because of a defect.
With a defective e-label the printer can print under normal condition without
loss of quality or throughput.

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201004 : uppertray.overruled
Type
Failure
Context
201004
Action
None
Reason
Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure
Replace filmpack
This error is displayed as " W201004: Input Tray Overruled ".
This fault is displayed, in case
the tag reader in the input block module (MOD01) does not read valid
information about the film package and
the feature to allow printing for missing or malfunctioning RF-tag

reader is set to "printing with Dmax = 2.00" (can be changed in the
service engineer tools to "printing not possible")
Films will be printed with reduced Dmax of 2.0 O.D.
HC201005 : inputtraymodule.backside.jam
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Wrong film orintation in tray
Cure
Correct film orintation
In SW < 2.0.0_C1 this error is displayed as "E201005: Upper Tray Disabled"

the feature to allow printing for missing or malfunctioning RF-tag reader

is set to "printing not possible" (can be changed in the service engineer
tools to "printing with Dmax = 2.00")
In SW 2.0.0_C1 this error is displayed as "Backside printing - Remove

filmjam".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201006 : inputtraymodule.connected.bis
Type
Defect
Context
201006
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Error E201006 is detected by a loop-back cable in connector XS7: In case the

signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is not returned to the
Vilis CPU, the printer assumes, that the cable is not connected.
HC201007 : inputtraymodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
201007
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD01
This error is displayed as " W201007: Elabel failure on input tray".
HC201008 : rftag.typecode.invalid
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unsupported film type in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201009 : rftag.formatcode.invalid
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unsupported film format in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201010 : rftag.unsupported.version
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Wrong version in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201011 : rftag.signature
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Accidental
None
Wrong encryption in input tray
Replace filmpack
HC201012 : rftag.history.insecure
Type
Defect
Context
201012
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Tag history corrupt in input tray
Cure
Call service
This error is displayed as "E201012: RF-tag file problem ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201013 : rftag.unreadable
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unreadable tag in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201014 : rftag.count.exceeded
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Film overrun in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201015 : rftag.no.filmcount
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201016 : upper.filmcal.required
Type
Failure
Context
201016
Action
None
Reason
Input tray needs calibration
Cure
Perform input tray calibration
This error is displayed as "W201016: Tray needs film calibration ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201017 : rftag.collision
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Accidental
None
Possible 2 tags in input tray
Remove lowest tag
HC201018 : Tag-unsupported
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201019 : tag.history.insecure
Type
Defect
Context
201019
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Call service
HC201020 : inputtraymodule.uppertraytagreader
Type
Defect
Context
01
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Tag reader not connected
Cure3
Connect tag reader
Reason4
Inputtray module defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD01
This error is displayed as "MOD01: Please replace module".
HC201021 : inputtraymodule.S1.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
01

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Part
Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
MOD01
Type
Defect
Context
01
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD01

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202000 : pickupmodule.filmpickupordrum
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC202001 : pickupmodule.filmpickup
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC202002 : pickupmodule.pickup.skew
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202003 : pickupmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
202003
Action
None
Reason1
Pickup Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect pickup elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD02
This error is displayed as " W202003: Elabel failure on pickup ".
disadvantages:

HC202004 : pickupmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Pickup homing failed accidently
Cure
Selfresolving accident

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202005 : pickupmodule.pickupmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
202005
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M3 short circuit
Cure
SERVICE: check M3 and cabling!
This error is displayed as "E202005: Pickup motor short circuit: call service! ".
HC202006 : pickupmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
202006
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02
This error is displayed as "W202006: Pickup drive elabel no config ".
HC202020 : pickupmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Pickup module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02

Note: In case this error message appears directly after boot-up and SW
version 1.80_C1 and 1.81_C1 is still installed, upgrade to a SW > 1.81_C1.
This message is a software fault in software versions 1.80_C1 and 1.81_C1


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202021 : pickupmodule.pickupmotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02
HC202022 : pickupmodule.S11.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC203000 : printdrummodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
203000
Action
None
Reason1
Printdrum Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect printdrum elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD03
This error is displayed as " W203000: Elabel failure on printdrum ".
disadvantages:

HC203001 : printdrummodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
203001
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
This error is displayed as "W203001: Print drum elabel no config ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
HC204000 : thmodule.high
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
Defect
204000
SeeManual
Coolingfan defect
Replace
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E204000 - TH temperature too high ".
(1)
(2)
Also check, whether the TH airflow

input or output is obstructed. Refer
to Figure 1
In case the airflow is not
obstructed:
Check the ambient temperature:
maximum allowed ambient
temperature = +30C (95F) at
max. 80% rel. humidity.
5365QRI11.WMF
Figure 1
HC204001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
TBD
Cure
TBD

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204002 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
Type
Failure
Context
204002
Action
None
Reason1
Connector P3 on PSU not connected
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not connected
Cure2
Connect connectors P2 and P3
Reason3
Connectors P6 on OSB not connected
Cure3
Connect connector P6
Reason4
Connector XS6 on heater not connected
Cure4
Connect connector XS6
Reason5
Sensor S12 defect
Cure5
Replace MOD04
Reason6
PSU defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " W204002: Blemmish heater defect ".
The blemish heater heats up the thermal head after switch on. This prevents
film artefacts called "blemish". Blemish looks as if some small drops of oil are
spread over the film.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204003 : thmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
204003
Action
None
Reason1
TH Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect TH elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " W204003: Elabel failure on TH ".
disadvantages:


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204004 : thmodule.device.current
Type
Defect
Context
204004
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Connectors P3 on TH not connected
Cure3
Connect connector P3 on TH
Reason4
Connector P2 on TH not connected
Cure4
Reason5
Cure5
Reason6
Connector P14 on VILIS not connected
Cure6
Connect connector P14 on VILIS
Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204004 - Current to TH too high ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204005 : thmodule.powerlogic
Type
Defect
Context
204005
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
PSU defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason6
OSB defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204005 - Power logic not available on TH ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204006 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
Type
Defect
Context
204006
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
Cure5
Reason6
Cure6
Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204006 - Power not available on TH ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204007 : thmodule.osb.connected
Type
Defect
Context
204007
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
P1 on OSB not connected
Cure1
Connect P1 on OSB
Reason2
P1 on VILIS not connected
Cure2
Connect P1 on VILIS
Reason3
OSB defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
OSB
This error is displayed as " E204007 - P1 (OSB) not connected ".
Error E204007 is detected by a loop-back circuit in connector P1 on the OSB

board: In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back circuit is not
HC204008 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204009 : thmodule.voltage.low
Type
Failure
Context
204009
Action
None
Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " W204009 - TH voltage too low ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204010 : thmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
204010
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204012 : thmodule.highbis
Type
Defect
Context
204012
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Coolingfan defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E204012: TH temperature too high ".
HC204020 : thmodule.device.resistors
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason1
TBD
Cure1
TBD
Part
TBD
Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
TH defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204022 : thmodule.thinstall
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason
TH not installed, no data available
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205000 : outputmodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
205000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
XS2 not connected on output module
Cure1
Connect XS2 on output module
Reason2
Cure2
This error is displayed as " E205000 - XS2 or XS3 not connected ".
Error E205000 is detected by a loop-back cable in connectors XS2 and XS3:

In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is not
HC205001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
Type
Failure
Context
205001
Action
None
Reason
Output module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
This error is displayed as " W205001 - CDM init failed, no film calibration!".
In case of a defective CDM, which is part of the output module (MOD05), it is

still possible to print.
In case of a new film package depending on the emulsion number of the
film the contrast representation can be more or less different, as the
automatic film calibration is not operational anymore.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Part
Remove film jam
HC205003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Output film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205004 : outputmodule.close.fail.or.film.input
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205005 : outputmodule.film.scan
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Reason
Cure
Internal film jam

Remove film jam
HC205008 : outputmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
205008
Action
None
Reason1
Output Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Output elabel
Reason2
Output Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05
This error is displayed as " W205008 - Elabel failure on output!".
disadvantages:



Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205009 : outputmodule.cdm.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
CDM homing failed accidently
Cure
Self resolving accident
HC205010 : outputmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Output homing failed accidently
Cure
HC205011 : outputmodule.outputmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
205011
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M4 short circuit
Cure
SERVICE: check M4 and wiring!
This error is displayed as "E205011: Output motor short circuit: call service".
HC205012 : outputmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
205012
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205013 : outputmodule.cdm.densitometermotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
205013
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M5 short circuit
Cure
This error is displayed as "E205013: CDM motor short circuit: call service ".
HC205014 : outputmodule.cdminstall
Type
Failure
Context
205014
Action
None
Reason
CDM needs calibration
Cure
Calibrate CDM
This error is displayed as "W205014: Printer needs CDM calibration".
HC205015 : outputmodule.outputsensor.low.during.pinting
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205020 : outputmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205021 : outputmodule.outputmotor.connection
Type
Defect

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
05
Replace
Replace
MOD05

HC205022 : outputmodule.cdm.densitometermotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205023 : outputmodule.cdm.move
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05

HC205024 : outputmodule.S5.pulsing
Type
Accidental
Context
05
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Part
MOD05
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205026 : outputmodule.cdm.S10.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205027 : outputmodule.cdm.mdmlightsensor
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205028 : outputmodule.outputsensortph
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason1
S5 not connected
Cure1
Connect S5
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05

HC206000 : drumdrivemodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
206000
Action
None
Reason1
Drum drive Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Drumdrive elabel
Reason2
Drum drive module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as " W20600: Elabel failure on drumdrive ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC206001 : drumdrivemodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
206001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S9 not connected
Cure1
Connect S9
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206001: Drum drive defect"
Also check whether the drum drive belt is properly mounted.
HC206002 : drumdrivemodule.drummotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
206002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
M1 not connected
Cure1
Connect M1
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206002: Drum drive motor defect"


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC206003 : drumdrivemodule.S9.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
206003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S9 not connected
Cure1
Connect S9
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206003: Drum drive sensor defect"
HC206004 : drumdrivemodule.move
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive movement failed accidently
Cure
HC206005 : drumdrivemodule.drummotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
206005
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Drum drive motor short circuit
Cure
Check motor and wiring
This error is displayed as "E206005: Drum drive motor short circuit: call
service"

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC206006 : drumdrivemodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
206006
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive module Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "W206006: Drum drive elabel no config "
HC207000 : vilismodule.dsh.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Connector P9 not connected on VILIS
Cure1
Connect P9 on VILIS
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207000: P9 not connected"
HC207001 : vilismodule.psu.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P15 on VILIS
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207001: PSU not connected on VILIS "
HC207002 : vilismodule.keypad.connected
Type
Defect

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Part
Troubleshooting
207002
SeeManual
Connector P8 not connected
Connect P8
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207002: P8 or P2 (display) not connected "
HC207003 : vilismodule.th.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P14
Reason2
Cure2
Connect P1 on TH
Reason3
VILIS module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason4
TH defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as "E207003: P14 or P1 (TH) not connected "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207004 : vilismodule.sensors.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207004
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P2
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207004: P21 not connected "
Error E207004 is detected by a loop-back cable in connector P21 on the Vilis

module: In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is
not returned to the Vilis CPU, the printer assumes, that the cable is not
connected.
HC207005 : vilismodule.motors.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207005
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P20
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07

connected.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207006 : vilismodule.sensorsandio.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207006
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P1
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07

connected.
HC207007 : vilismodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
207007
Action
None
Reason1
VILIS Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect VILIS elabel
Reason2
VILIS Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207007: Elabel failure on VILIS "
The e-label on the Vilis is fixed soldered on the board (it cannot be
connected!)

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC207008 : vilismodule.power.3v3
Type
Defect
Context
207008
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as "E207008: 3V3 out of tolerance on VILIS "
Error E207008 is issued
in case the 3.3V signal is present on the power supply module

(MOD08) and
the 3.3V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207009 : vilismodule.power.12v
Type
Defect
Context
207009
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as "E207009: 12V out of tolerance on VILIS "
in case the 12V signal is present on the power supply module

(MOD08) and
the 12V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).
HC207010 : vilismodule.power.n12v
Type
Defect
Context
207010
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as "E207010: - 12V out of tolerance on VILIS "
in case the - 12V signal is present on the power supply module

(MOD08) and
the -12V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).
Type
Defect
2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Part
Reason2
Cure2
Part
207011
SeeManual
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
PSU module defect
Replace
MOD08

(MOD08) and
the 24V signal is below its limit on the Vilis CPU (MOD07)
HC207012 : vilismodule.power.actuator
Type
Defect
Context
207012
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason3
Short circuit in cabling
Cure3
Fix cabling

(MOD08) and
the 24V for the motors (P20) cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU
(MOD07)
HC207013 : vilismodule.power.sensor

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Type
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Part
Reason2
Cure2
Part
Reason3
Cure3
Troubleshooting
Defect
207013
SeeManual
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
PSU module defect
Replace
MOD08
Fix cabling
This error is displayed as "E207013: 5V not available on sensors "
HC207014 : vilismodule.headvoltage
Type
Defect
Context
207014
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Connector P1 not connected on TH
Cure1
Connect P1 on TH
Reason2
Connector P14 not connected on MEC
Cure2
Connect P14 on MEC
Reason3
Cure3
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason4
PSU module defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason5
VILIS module defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason6
TH module defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD04

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207015 : duplicate.ipaddress
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
IP adress already in use
Cure
Change IP adress
HC207016 : vilismodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
207016
Action
None
Reason
VILIS Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207016: VILIS elabel no config "
HC207017 : vilismodule.boardtemperature
Type
Failure
Context
207017
Action
None
Reason
VILIS temp sensor defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207017: Temp sensor on VILIS defect "


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207018 : themis.temperature
Type
Defect
Context
207018
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Ambient temperature too high what could be caused by
continuous printing in an already warm environment or the
environment temperature is just too high
Cure1
If caused by continuous printing , this can be cured by waiting
until temperature comes down ; otherwise it has to be made
sure that the environment temperature comes down
Reason2
Cooling of Themis CPU board not efficient because of blocked
airflow
Cure2
Make sure that enough airflow is available for the Themis CPU
board by insuring that air inlets and outlets are completely free
Reason3
Defect CPU on Themis
Cure3
Power off printer and replace
Part
themis
This error is displayed as "E207018: CPU temperature too high "
HC207019 : disk.space
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Failure
207019
None
Compact flash full
Call service
This error is displayed as "W207019: Internal CF-memory low "
HC207020 : vilismodule.sn.mismatch
Type
Defect
Context
207020
Action
SeeManual
Reason
SN mismatch
Cure
Call service
This error is displayed as "E207020: Incorrect internal CF identification "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207021 : themis.temperature.warning
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Themis temperature too high
Cure
Cool down themis
HC207024 : vilismodule.serialadc
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207025 : vilismodule.bitgenerator
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207026 : vilismodule.m16
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207027 : vilismodule.fpga
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207028 : vilismodule.m2.driver
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207032 : vilismodule.f1.driver
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207035 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.cpuboard
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

It is only available in SW Rel. 1.8 and 1.9.

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207036 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.serial
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207037 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.ethernet
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207038 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
vilismodule.themis.portex
Defect
7
Replace
Software problem
Reinstall software



Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207039 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.pci
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207040 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.ram
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207041 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.clock
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
Type
Defect
Context
208000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
PSU too hot
Cure1
Switch off printer and let it cool down
Part
MOD08
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208000: PSU temperature too high ".
Also check, whether the

power supply airflow input or
output is obstructed. Refer to
Figure 2.
obstructed:
Check the ambient

temperature: maximum
allowed ambient temperature
= +30C (95F) at max. 80%
rel. humidity.
5365QRI36.GIF
Figure 2


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
208001
Action
None
Reason1
PSU Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect PSU elabel
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as W208001 Elabel failure on PSU ".
disadvantages:


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208002 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
Type
Defect
Context
208002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
TH power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check TH power cables
Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
Reason3
PSU module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208002: Current to TH too high ".
HC208003 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
Type
Defect
Context
208003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check actuators power cables
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208003: Current to motors too high ".
HC208004 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
208004
Action
None
Reason
PSU module Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " W208004: E-Label failure on PSU ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning
Type
Failure
Context
208005
Action
None
Reason
PSU temperature high
Cure
Cool down the PSU
This error is displayed as " W208005: Power Supply temperature too high ".
HC208006 : powersupplymodule.down
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason1
Cure1
Cool down the PSU
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC209000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
209000
Action
None
Reason1
Display Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect display elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
This error is displayed as " W209000: Elabel failure on display".
The e-label on the display board is fixed soldered on the board (it cannot be
connected!)

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC209001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
209001
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
connected!)
HC209002 : displaykeypadmodule.keyboardtemperature
Type
Failure
Context
209002
Action
None
Reason
Keyboard temp sensor defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
This error is displayed as " W209002: Display temp sensor defect ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC210000 : inputsensormodule.inputsensorone.flagproblem
Type
Failure
Context
210000
Action
None
Reason
Input sensor module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
This error is displayed as " W210000".
HC210001 : inputsensormodule.inputsensorbis.flagproblem
Type
Failure
Context
210001
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC210002 : inputsensormodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
210002
Action
SeeManual
Reason
XS5 not conencted
Cure
Connect XS5
This error is displayed as " E210002: XS5 not connected"

HC210003 : inputsensormodule.inputsensortph
Type
Failure
2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
210003
None
Replace
MOD10
This error is displayed as " W210003: S4 defective"
Sensors S4 and S13 are redundant (reliability purposes). The printer can also
work with one of these sensors only.
HC210004 : inputsensormodule.inputsensortphbis
Type
Failure
Context
210004
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC210005 : inputsensormodule.S4.pulsing
Type
Failure
Context
210005
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
This error is displayed as " W210005: S4 defective "
Type
Failure
Context
210005
Action
None
Reason

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
Replace
MOD10
HC210020 : inputsensormodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
10
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC211000 : camshaftmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC211001 : camshaftmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
211001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S7 not connected
Cure1
Connect S7
Reason2
Cam shaft module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211001 - Camdrive defect "
version < 1.95 is still installed, upgrade to SW 1.95_C1. This message is
originated in a wrong hardware signal on cold Vilis CPU when the motors are
activated.
HC211002 : camshaftmodule.drumpositionmotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
211002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
M2 not connected
Cure1
Connect M2
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211002 - Motor M2 defect "
HC211003 : camshaftmodule.S7.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
211003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S7 not connected
Cure1
Connect S7
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211003"
HC211004 : camshaftmodule.drumpositionmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Troubleshooting
211004
SeeManual
M2 short circuited
This error is displayed as " E211004 - M2 short circuit: call service "
HC212020 : coolingfanmodule.thermalheadfan.connection
Type
Defect
Context
212020
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Coolingfan not connected
Cure1
Connect coolingfan
Reason2
Coolingfan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E212020 - TH coolingfan defect"
HC212021 : coolingfanmodule.thermalheadfan.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
212021
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Coolingfan short circuit
Cure
Check coolingfan and wiring
This error is displayed as " E211021 - TH fan short circuit: call service "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC213000 : topcover.open
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure1
Accidental
213000
None
Top cover open
Close top cover
HC214020 : vilismodule.themis.cpuboard
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Themis module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC214021 : vilismodule.themis.serial
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC214022 : vilismodule.themis.ethernet
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC214023 : vilismodule.themis.portex
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Software problem
Cure
Reinstall software
This error is displayed as " E214023 - Portex failure on Themis "
HC214024 : vilismodule.themis.pci
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
This error is displayed as " MOD14 - Please replace module "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC214025 : vilismodule.themis.clock
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Themis defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC215020 : vilismodule.themis.ram
Type
Defect
Context
15
Action
Replace
Reason
RAM defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD15
HC220000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
Type
Failure
Context
220000
Action
None
Reason1
EBox fan not connected
Cure1
Connect EBox fan
Reason2
EBox fan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD20
This error is displayed as " W220000 - EBox fan defect "


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC220001 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
220001
Action
SeeManual
Reason
EBox fan short circuit
Cure
Check EBox fan and wiring

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Appendix: Error Catalogue
The error catalogue is part of the device software (file "error.xml"). It cane be extracted from
SWR_DRYSTAR5300_R2.0.0_C1.zip errors.jar error.xml.
The print-out supplied here is based on software release 2.0.0_C1 (error.xml dated 26/Oct/2005)
Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below)
error messages will be issued as error code or plain text:
Type
Action
Error message will be issued as
Defect
Replace
Message "MODXX Please replace module"
Defect
See manual
Message "EXXXXXX texttext"
Failure
None
Message "WXXXXXX - texttext"
Accidental
None
Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)
List of Modules:
MOD Nr..
MOD01
MOD02
MOD03
MOD04
MOD05
MOD06
MOD07
MOD08
MOD09
MOD10
MOD11
MOD12
MOD14
MOD15
MOD20
MOD21
Spare Part
Input Block Module
Pickup Module
Print Drum Module
Thermal Head Module
Output Module
Drum drive module
Vilis module
Power Supply Module
Display Module
TPH filter Module
Themis Module
RAM Module
OSB PCB Module
In SW < Rel. 2.0.0_C1 the Themis and RAM module are part of MOD07:
Vilis/Themis/RAM module.

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201000 : inputtraymodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
201000
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Error E201000 is detected by a loop-back cable in the fixed part of connector

XS1. In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is not
HC201001 : pickupmodule.tray.configuration
Type
Failure
Context
201001
Action
None
Reason
Wrong film format
Cure
Specify correct film format
This error is displayed as " W201001: Wrong film format specified ".
The printer always prints the film on the available film format, no matter which
film format is specified at the modality.
This means, that warning W201001 just tells the operator, that the printer
uses a different film format than it is specified at the modality. The film will be
printed on the available film material.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201003 : inputtraymodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
201003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Inputtray Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect inputtray elabel
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01
This error is displayed as " W201003: Elabel failure on input tray ".
disadvantages:


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201004 : uppertray.overruled
Type
Failure
Context
201004
Action
None
Reason
Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure
Replace filmpack
This error is displayed as " W201004: Input Tray Overruled ".
the feature to allow printing for missing or malfunctioning RF-tag

reader is set to "printing with Dmax = 2.00" (can be changed in the
service engineer tools to "printing not possible")
Films will be printed with reduced Dmax of 2.0 O.D.
HC201005 : inputtraymodule.backside.jam
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Wrong film orintation in tray
Cure
Correct film orintation
In SW < 2.0.0_C1 this error is displayed as "E201005: Upper Tray Disabled"

the feature to allow printing for missing or malfunctioning RF-tag reader

is set to "printing not possible" (can be changed in the service engineer
tools to "printing with Dmax = 2.00")
In SW 2.0.0_C1 this error is displayed as "Backside printing - Remove

filmjam".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201006 : inputtraymodule.connected.bis
Type
Defect
Context
201006
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure

HC201007 : inputtraymodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
201007
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD01
This error is displayed as " W201007: Elabel failure on input tray".
HC201008 : rftag.typecode.invalid
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unsupported film type in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201009 : rftag.formatcode.invalid
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unsupported film format in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201010 : rftag.unsupported.version
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201011 : rftag.signature
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Accidental
None
Wrong encryption in input tray
Replace filmpack
HC201012 : rftag.history.insecure
Type
Defect
Context
201012
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Call service


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201013 : rftag.unreadable
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Unreadable tag in input tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201014 : rftag.count.exceeded
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201015 : rftag.no.filmcount
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201016 : upper.filmcal.required
Type
Failure
Context
201016
Action
None
Reason
Input tray needs calibration
Cure
Perform input tray calibration
This error is displayed as "W201016: Tray needs film calibration ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC201017 : rftag.collision
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Accidental
None
Possible 2 tags in input tray
Remove lowest tag
HC201018 : Tag-unsupported
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC201019 : tag.history.insecure
Type
Defect
Context
201019
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Cure
Call service
HC201020 : inputtraymodule.uppertraytagreader
Type
Defect
Context
01
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Tag reader not connected
Cure3
Connect tag reader
Reason4
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD01
Type
Defect
Context
01

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Part
Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
MOD01
Type
Defect
Context
01
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD01

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202000 : pickupmodule.filmpickupordrum
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC202001 : pickupmodule.filmpickup
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC202002 : pickupmodule.pickup.skew
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Input jam
Cure
Remove film jam


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202003 : pickupmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
202003
Action
None
Reason1
Pickup Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect pickup elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD02
This error is displayed as " W202003: Elabel failure on pickup ".
disadvantages:

HC202004 : pickupmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Pickup homing failed accidently
Cure

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202005 : pickupmodule.pickupmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
202005
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M3 short circuit
Cure
SERVICE: check M3 and cabling!
This error is displayed as "E202005: Pickup motor short circuit: call service! ".
HC202006 : pickupmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
202006
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02
This error is displayed as "W202006: Pickup drive elabel no config ".
HC202020 : pickupmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02



Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC202021 : pickupmodule.pickupmotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02
HC202022 : pickupmodule.S11.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
02
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD02


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC203000 : printdrummodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
203000
Action
None
Reason1
Printdrum Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect printdrum elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD03
This error is displayed as " W203000: Elabel failure on printdrum ".
disadvantages:

HC203001 : printdrummodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
203001
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
This error is displayed as "W203001: Print drum elabel no config ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
HC204000 : thmodule.high
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
Defect
204000
SeeManual
Coolingfan defect
Replace
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E204000 - TH temperature too high ".
(1)
(2)
Also check, whether the TH airflow

input or output is obstructed. Refer
to Figure 1
obstructed:
Check the ambient temperature:
maximum allowed ambient
temperature = +30C (95F) at
max. 80% rel. humidity.
5365QRI11.WMF
Figure 1
HC204001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
TBD
Cure
TBD

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204002 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
Type
Failure
Context
204002
Action
None
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Connectors P6 on OSB not connected
Cure3
Reason4
Connector XS6 on heater not connected
Cure4
Connect connector XS6
Reason5
Sensor S12 defect
Cure5
Replace MOD04
Reason6
PSU defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " W204002: Blemmish heater defect ".
The blemish heater heats up the thermal head after switch on. This prevents
film artefacts called "blemish". Blemish looks as if some small drops of oil are
spread over the film.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204003 : thmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
204003
Action
None
Reason1
TH Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect TH elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
disadvantages:


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204004 : thmodule.device.current
Type
Defect
Context
204004
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
Cure5
Reason6
Cure6
Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204004 - Current to TH too high ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204005 : thmodule.powerlogic
Type
Defect
Context
204005
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
PSU defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason6
OSB defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204005 - Power logic not available on TH ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204006 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
Type
Defect
Context
204006
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
Cure5
Reason6
Cure6
Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " E204006 - Power not available on TH ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204007 : thmodule.osb.connected
Type
Defect
Context
204007
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
P1 on OSB not connected
Cure1
Connect P1 on OSB
Reason2
P1 on VILIS not connected
Cure2
Connect P1 on VILIS
Reason3
OSB defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
OSB
This error is displayed as " E204007 - P1 (OSB) not connected ".
Error E204007 is detected by a loop-back circuit in connector P1 on the OSB

board: In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back circuit is not
HC204008 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204009 : thmodule.voltage.low
Type
Failure
Context
204009
Action
None
Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as " W204009 - TH voltage too low ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204010 : thmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
204010
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204012 : thmodule.highbis
Type
Defect
Context
204012
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Coolingfan defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E204012: TH temperature too high ".
HC204020 : thmodule.device.resistors
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason1
TBD
Cure1
TBD
Part
TBD
Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC204021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2
Cure2
Reason3
Cure3
Reason4
Cure4
Reason5
TH defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC204022 : thmodule.thinstall
Type
Defect
Context
04
Action
Replace
Reason
TH not installed, no data available
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205000 : outputmodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
205000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
This error is displayed as " E205000 - XS2 or XS3 not connected ".
Error E205000 is detected by a loop-back cable in connectors XS2 and XS3:

In case the signal which is sent to one pin of the loop-back cable is not
HC205001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
Type
Failure
Context
205001
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
This error is displayed as " W205001 - CDM init failed, no film calibration!".
In case of a defective CDM, which is part of the output module (MOD05), it is

still possible to print.
In case of a new film package depending on the emulsion number of the
film the contrast representation can be more or less different, as the
automatic film calibration is not operational anymore.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Part
Remove film jam
HC205003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Output film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205004 : outputmodule.close.fail.or.film.input
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205005 : outputmodule.film.scan
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Reason
Cure
Internal film jam

Remove film jam
HC205008 : outputmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
205008
Action
None
Reason1
Output Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Output elabel
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05
disadvantages:



Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205009 : outputmodule.cdm.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
CDM homing failed accidently
Cure
HC205010 : outputmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Output homing failed accidently
Cure
HC205011 : outputmodule.outputmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
205011
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M4 short circuit
Cure
This error is displayed as "E205011: Output motor short circuit: call service".
HC205012 : outputmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
205012
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205013 : outputmodule.cdm.densitometermotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
205013
Action
SeeManual
Reason
M5 short circuit
Cure
This error is displayed as "E205013: CDM motor short circuit: call service ".
HC205014 : outputmodule.cdminstall
Type
Failure
Context
205014
Action
None
Reason
CDM needs calibration
Cure
Calibrate CDM
This error is displayed as "W205014: Printer needs CDM calibration".
HC205015 : outputmodule.outputsensor.low.during.pinting
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC205020 : outputmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205021 : outputmodule.outputmotor.connection
Type
Defect

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
05
Replace
Replace
MOD05

HC205022 : outputmodule.cdm.densitometermotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205023 : outputmodule.cdm.move
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05

Type
Accidental
Context
05
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Part
MOD05
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205026 : outputmodule.cdm.S10.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC205027 : outputmodule.cdm.mdmlightsensor
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC205028 : outputmodule.outputsensortph
Type
Defect
Context
05
Action
Replace
Reason1
S5 not connected
Cure1
Connect S5
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05

HC206000 : drumdrivemodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
206000
Action
None
Reason1
Drum drive Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Drumdrive elabel
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as " W20600: Elabel failure on drumdrive ".

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC206001 : drumdrivemodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
206001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S9 not connected
Cure1
Connect S9
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206001: Drum drive defect"
Also check whether the drum drive belt is properly mounted.
HC206002 : drumdrivemodule.drummotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
206002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
M1 not connected
Cure1
Connect M1
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206002: Drum drive motor defect"


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC206003 : drumdrivemodule.S9.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
206003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S9 not connected
Cure1
Connect S9
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "E206003: Drum drive sensor defect"
HC206004 : drumdrivemodule.move
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive movement failed accidently
Cure
HC206005 : drumdrivemodule.drummotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
206005
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Drum drive motor short circuit
Cure
Check motor and wiring
This error is displayed as "E206005: Drum drive motor short circuit: call
service"

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC206006 : drumdrivemodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
206006
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive module Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
This error is displayed as "W206006: Drum drive elabel no config "
Type
Defect
Context
207000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P9 on VILIS
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207000: P9 not connected"
Type
Defect
Context
207001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P15 on VILIS
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207001: PSU not connected on VILIS "
HC207002 : vilismodule.keypad.connected
Type
Defect

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
Cure2
Part
Troubleshooting
207002
SeeManual
Connect P8
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
This error is displayed as "E207002: P8 or P2 (display) not connected "
HC207003 : vilismodule.th.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P14
Reason2
Cure2
Connect P1 on TH
Reason3
VILIS module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason4
TH defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD04
This error is displayed as "E207003: P14 or P1 (TH) not connected "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207004 : vilismodule.sensors.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207004
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P2
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07

connected.
HC207005 : vilismodule.motors.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207005
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P20
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07

connected.


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207006 : vilismodule.sensorsandio.connected
Type
Defect
Context
207006
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Connect P1
Reason2
VILIS module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07

connected.
HC207007 : vilismodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
207007
Action
None
Reason1
VILIS Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect VILIS elabel
Reason2
VILIS Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207007: Elabel failure on VILIS "
The e-label on the Vilis is fixed soldered on the board (it cannot be
connected!)

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC207008 : vilismodule.power.3v3
Type
Defect
Context
207008
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as "E207008: 3V3 out of tolerance on VILIS "
in case the 3.3V signal is present on the power supply module

(MOD08) and
the 3.3V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Type
Defect
Context
207009
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08

(MOD08) and
the 12V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).
HC207010 : vilismodule.power.n12v
Type
Defect
Context
207010
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as "E207010: - 12V out of tolerance on VILIS "
in case the - 12V signal is present on the power supply module

(MOD08) and
the -12V signal cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU (MOD07).
Type
Defect
2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Part
Reason2
Cure2
Part
207011
SeeManual
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
PSU module defect
Replace
MOD08

(MOD08) and
the 24V signal is below its limit on the Vilis CPU (MOD07)
HC207012 : vilismodule.power.actuator
Type
Defect
Context
207012
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
VILIS module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason3
Cure3
Fix cabling

(MOD08) and
the 24V for the motors (P20) cannot be detected on the Vilis CPU
(MOD07)
HC207013 : vilismodule.power.sensor

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Type
Context
Action
Reason1
Cure1
Part
Reason2
Cure2
Part
Reason3
Cure3
Troubleshooting
Defect
207013
SeeManual
VILIS module defect
Replace
MOD07
PSU module defect
Replace
MOD08
Fix cabling
This error is displayed as "E207013: 5V not available on sensors "
HC207014 : vilismodule.headvoltage
Type
Defect
Context
207014
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Connector P1 not connected on TH
Cure1
Connect P1 on TH
Reason2
Connector P14 not connected on MEC
Cure2
Connect P14 on MEC
Reason3
Cure3
Connect P3 on PSU
Reason4
PSU module defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD08
Reason5
VILIS module defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD07
Reason6
TH module defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD04

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207015 : duplicate.ipaddress
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
IP adress already in use
Cure
Change IP adress
HC207016 : vilismodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
207016
Action
None
Reason
VILIS Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207016: VILIS elabel no config "
HC207017 : vilismodule.boardtemperature
Type
Failure
Context
207017
Action
None
Reason
VILIS temp sensor defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
This error is displayed as "W207017: Temp sensor on VILIS defect "


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207018 : themis.temperature
Type
Defect
Context
207018
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Ambient temperature too high what could be caused by
continuous printing in an already warm environment or the
environment temperature is just too high
Cure1
If caused by continuous printing , this can be cured by waiting
until temperature comes down ; otherwise it has to be made
sure that the environment temperature comes down
Reason2
Cooling of Themis CPU board not efficient because of blocked
airflow
Cure2
Make sure that enough airflow is available for the Themis CPU
board by insuring that air inlets and outlets are completely free
Reason3
Defect CPU on Themis
Cure3
Power off printer and replace
Part
themis
This error is displayed as "E207018: CPU temperature too high "
HC207019 : disk.space
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Failure
207019
None
Compact flash full
Call service
This error is displayed as "W207019: Internal CF-memory low "
HC207020 : vilismodule.sn.mismatch
Type
Defect
Context
207020
Action
SeeManual
Reason
SN mismatch
Cure
Call service
This error is displayed as "E207020: Incorrect internal CF identification "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207021 : themis.temperature.warning
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Themis temperature too high
Cure
Cool down themis
HC207024 : vilismodule.serialadc
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207025 : vilismodule.bitgenerator
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207026 : vilismodule.m16
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207027 : vilismodule.fpga
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
Type
Defect
Context
07
Action
Replace
Reason
VILIS module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC207035 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.cpuboard
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

It is only available in SW Rel. 1.8 and 1.9.

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207036 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.serial
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207037 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.ethernet
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207038 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
vilismodule.themis.portex
Defect
7
Replace
Software problem
Reinstall software



Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC207039 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.pci
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207040 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.ram
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07

HC207041 :
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
vilismodule.themis.clock
Defect
7
Replace
Themis defect
Replace
MOD07


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
Type
Defect
Context
208000
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
PSU too hot
Cure1
Switch off printer and let it cool down
Part
MOD08
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208000: PSU temperature too high ".
Also check, whether the

power supply airflow input or
output is obstructed. Refer to
Figure 2.
obstructed:
Check the ambient

temperature: maximum
allowed ambient temperature
= +30C (95F) at max. 80%
rel. humidity.
5365QRI36.GIF
Figure 2


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
208001
Action
None
Reason1
PSU Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect PSU elabel
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as W208001 Elabel failure on PSU ".
disadvantages:


2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208002 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
Type
Defect
Context
208002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
TH power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check TH power cables
Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
Reason3
PSU module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208002: Current to TH too high ".
HC208003 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
Type
Defect
Context
208003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " E208003: Current to motors too high ".
HC208004 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
208004
Action
None
Reason
PSU module Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
This error is displayed as " W208004: E-Label failure on PSU ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning
Type
Failure
Context
208005
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Cool down the PSU
This error is displayed as " W208005: Power Supply temperature too high ".
HC208006 : powersupplymodule.down
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason1
Cure1
Cool down the PSU
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason1
Cure1
Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC208026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
Type
Defect
Context
08
Action
Replace
Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC209000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
Type
Failure
Context
209000
Action
None
Reason1
Display Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect display elabel
Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
connected!)

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
disadvantages:

HC209001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
Type
Failure
Context
209001
Action
None
Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
connected!)
HC209002 : displaykeypadmodule.keyboardtemperature
Type
Failure
Context
209002
Action
None
Reason
Keyboard temp sensor defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
This error is displayed as " W209002: Display temp sensor defect ".


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC210000 : inputsensormodule.inputsensorone.flagproblem
Type
Failure
Context
210000
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC210001 : inputsensormodule.inputsensorbis.flagproblem
Type
Failure
Context
210001
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC210002 : inputsensormodule.connected
Type
Defect
Context
210002
Action
SeeManual
Reason
XS5 not conencted
Cure
Connect XS5
This error is displayed as " E210002: XS5 not connected"

HC210003 : inputsensormodule.inputsensortph
Type
Failure
2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
210003
None
Replace
MOD10
HC210004 : inputsensormodule.inputsensortphbis
Type
Failure
Context
210004
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
Type
Failure
Context
210005
Action
None
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
Type
Failure
Context
210005
Action
None
Reason

Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Cure
Part
Troubleshooting
Replace
MOD10
HC210020 : inputsensormodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
10
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC211000 : camshaftmodule.home
Type
Accidental
Context
Action
None
Reason
Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC211001 : camshaftmodule.working
Type
Defect
Context
211001
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S7 not connected
Cure1
Connect S7
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211001 - Camdrive defect "
version < 1.95 is still installed, upgrade to SW 1.95_C1. This message is
originated in a wrong hardware signal on cold Vilis CPU when the motors are
activated.
HC211002 : camshaftmodule.drumpositionmotor.connection
Type
Defect
Context
211002
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
M2 not connected
Cure1
Connect M2
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211002 - Motor M2 defect "
HC211003 : camshaftmodule.S7.pulsing
Type
Defect
Context
211003
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
S7 not connected
Cure1
Connect S7
Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
This error is displayed as " E211003"
HC211004 : camshaftmodule.drumpositionmotor.shortcircuit
Type
Defect


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Troubleshooting
211004
SeeManual
M2 short circuited
This error is displayed as " E211004 - M2 short circuit: call service "
HC212020 : coolingfanmodule.thermalheadfan.connection
Type
Defect
Context
212020
Action
SeeManual
Reason1
Coolingfan not connected
Cure1
Connect coolingfan
Reason2
Coolingfan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD12
This error is displayed as " E212020 - TH coolingfan defect"
HC212021 : coolingfanmodule.thermalheadfan.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
212021
Action
SeeManual
Reason
Coolingfan short circuit
Cure
Check coolingfan and wiring
This error is displayed as " E211021 - TH fan short circuit: call service "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC213000 : topcover.open
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure1
Accidental
213000
None
Top cover open
Close top cover
HC214020 : vilismodule.themis.cpuboard
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC214021 : vilismodule.themis.serial
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC214022 : vilismodule.themis.ethernet
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC214023 : vilismodule.themis.portex
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Software problem
Cure
Reinstall software
This error is displayed as " E214023 - Portex failure on Themis "
HC214024 : vilismodule.themis.pci
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
This error is displayed as " MOD14 - Please replace module "

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC214025 : vilismodule.themis.clock
Type
Defect
Context
14
Action
Replace
Reason
Themis defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC215020 : vilismodule.themis.ram
Type
Defect
Context
15
Action
Replace
Reason
RAM defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD15
HC220000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
Type
Failure
Context
220000
Action
None
Reason1
EBox fan not connected
Cure1
Connect EBox fan
Reason2
EBox fan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD20
This error is displayed as " W220000 - EBox fan defect "


Error Catalogue
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Troubleshooting
HC220001 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
Type
Defect
Context
220001
Action
SeeManual
Reason
EBox fan short circuit
Cure
Check EBox fan and wiring

2006-01-26
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
Electrical and mechanical codings, fuse tables and LEDs
Chapter 3.4:
List of contents
Codings ...................................................................... 1
Fuses .......................................................................... 1
LEDs ........................................................................... 1
3.1
VILIS Board .............................................................................. 2
3.2
THEMIS Board (plugged into the VILIS Board) ..................... 2
3.3
Power Supply........................................................................... 3
3.4
Front Panel............................................................................... 4
3.5
Rear panel ................................................................................ 5
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.4 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
Codings
Board
Jumper Default Settings Function
N/A
Fuses
The printer has no fuses that can be replaced.
If one of the fuses in the power supply is defective, the whole Power supply
unit must be replaced - refer to section 3.5.
LEDs
The following tables show the status of the LED indications and the
corresponding function:
LED's on...
Refer to
VILIS Board
3.1
THEMIS Board
3.2
Power supply
3.3
Front Panel
3.4
Rear Panel
3.5
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 1
Repair and Service

3.1
DD+DIS008.04E
VILIS Board
Name
(**) NTRAFFIC
(**) NGOOD_LINK
(**) 100MBit_speed
IMGCTRL_0
Led
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
NOT present
D6
NOT present
D7
NOT present
D8
D9
D10
NOT present
D11
IMGCTRL_CONFDONE D12
IMGCTRL_1
D13
UP_LED0
D14
UP_LED1
D15
(**) IDE_DASP
D16
D17
D18
CP_ACTLED
D19
Color
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
green
Function
Network activity
Network connected
High speed network
Software controllable
+3.3V present
green
green
+24V present
+12V present
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
green
green
yellow
FPGA config done if not => ALARM

IDE activity
-12V present
+5V present
Disc activity controlled by PORTEX
Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear panel (refer to 3.5).
3.2
THEMIS Board (plugged into the VILIS Board)

Name
V25
VCORE
CS1
V33
FPGA
VCC
CS0
CPU
Led
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
Color
yellow
green
green
yellow
green
red
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
yellow
green
yellow
yellow
yellow
Chapter 3.4 / 2
Function
2.5 for MPC107 host bridge and FPGA
CPU core voltage
Chip select for portX bus
3.3V for most logic on board
FPGA configuration done
If FPGA NOT configured => ALARM
5V for remaining logic on board
Chip select for portX bus
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
3.3
Power Supply
Overtemp
+3.3V +5V
+12V
-12V +24V 13..27V

5365_Reg03_04_002_e.eps
Figure 1
LED
Status
Color
Overtemp
On
Red
Off
+ 3.3 V
On
Green
Off
+5V
On
On
Green
On
Green
On
Green
On
+12 V present
-12 V present
-12 V not present
Green
Off
13..27 V
+5 V present
+12 V not present
Off
+24 V
+3.3 V present
+5 V not present
Off
-12 V
Temperature inside power supply

exceeded permissible limits. Operation
not possible*.
Temperature inside power supply
within permissible limit.
+3.3 V not present
Off
+12 V
Function
+24 V present
+24 V not present
Green
Off
voltage between 13 V and 27 V

voltage < 13 V
*When the temperature inside the power supply exceeds the permissible limit,
printing can continue for up to 120 seconds. After this delay the power supply
switches off the power and checks the temperature every 20 seconds. As
soon as the temperature is below the permissible limit, it switches on again.
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
3.4
Front Panel
Led
D1
D2..D25
D3
Color
Color
green
green / red
green
Light
Function
12V power present
See table below
5V power present
Status
Constant
Jobs ?
Printing
possible ?
No
No
No
No
Receiving jobs
Yes
Yes
Calculating
Yes
Yes
Printing
Yes
Yes
Calibrating
Yes
No
Installation
No
No
Key-operator
Yes/No
Yes/No
Service mode
No
No
Film jam
Yes
No
Warning
Yes
Yes
Error status
No
No
Ready
Receive
(stand-by)
Startup
sequence
Green
Blinking
Red
Blinking
Constant
Chapter 3.4 / 4
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Repair and Service

DD+DIS008.04E
3.5
Rear panel
D16
D3
D1
D2
5365_Reg03_04_001_e.eps
Figure 2
Name
NTRAFFIC
NGOOD_LINK
100MBit_speed
IDE_DASP
Led
D1
D2
D3
D16
Color
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
Function
Network activity
Network connected
High speed network
IDE activity
Note: These LEDs are part of the VILIS board (refer to 3.1).
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 5
Repair and Service

Replacement of Parts
DD+DIS270.05E
Chapter 3.5:
List of contents
Covers ........................................................................ 1
1.1
Front cover............................................................................... 1
1.2
Right side cover....................................................................... 5
1.3
Left side cover ......................................................................... 8
1.4
Top cover module.................................................................. 11
1.5
Output tray cover................................................................... 13
1.6
Air filter................................................................................... 17
Electronics ............................................................... 19
2.1
Keypad & Display module..................................................... 19
2.2
Compact Flash card .............................................................. 21
2.3
Safety switch.......................................................................... 24
2.4
TPH flat cable......................................................................... 29
2.5
Main board cooling fan ......................................................... 35
2.6
Main board (VILIS - Themis) ................................................. 39
2.7
Power supply ......................................................................... 43
2.8
OSB switch board.................................................................. 46
2.9
TPH cooling fan ..................................................................... 48
Input & Output area................................................. 53
3.1
Input block module................................................................ 53
3.2
Output module ....................................................................... 55
3.3
Pick up module ...................................................................... 57
3.4
Input tray ................................................................................ 60
3.5
Extension cable block module ............................................. 63
Printing area ............................................................ 65
4.1
Main drive pulley & Drum belt .............................................. 65
4.2
Input sensors module ........................................................... 68

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
4.3
Print drum module................................................................. 74
4.4
Drum drive module................................................................ 81
4.5
Thermal print head uni.......................................................... 84
4.6
Cam shaft drive ..................................................................... 88

Chapter 3.5 / II
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Covers
1.1
Front cover
Required spare parts:
CM+343346.X
Front cover
5365_reg03_05_001_e.eps
Figure 1
Required tools:
Crosshead screwdriver
Required time:
30 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_002_e.eps
Figure 2
(2)
Remove the 2 screws (A).
5365_reg03_05_165_e.eps
Figure 3

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 1
Repair and Service

(3)
DD+DIS270.05E
Loosen the 2 screws (B).
5365_reg03_05_003_e.eps
Figure 4
(4)
Remove the Front cover.
5365_reg03_05_004_e.eps
Figure 5
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Front into place.
5365_reg03_05_173_e.eps
Figure 6

Chapter 3.5 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(2)
Tilt the cover over the 2

pins (C).
C
5365_reg03_05_006_e.eps
Figure 7
(3)
Remount the 2 screws (A).
5365_reg03_05_166_e.eps
Figure 8
(4)
Tighten the 2 screws (B).
5365_reg03_05_000_e.eps
Figure 9

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 3
Repair and Service

(5)
DD+DIS270.05E
Close the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 10

Chapter 3.5 / 4
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
1.2
Right side cover

CM+343344.X
Right side cover
5365_reg03_05_007_e.eps
Figure 11
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_008_e.eps
Figure 12
(3)
A
5365_reg03_05_023_e.eps
Figure 13

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 5
Repair and Service

(4)
DD+DIS270.05E

B
B
5365_reg03_05_009_e.eps
Figure 14
(5)
Lift up the Right side cover to

remove it.
5365_reg03_05_010_e.eps
Figure 15
Re-installation:
(1)
Tilt the Right side cover over the

3 pins (C).
C
C
C
5365_reg03_05_011_e.eps
Figure 16

Chapter 3.5 / 6
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(2)
A
5365_reg03_05_024_e.eps
Figure 17
(3)

B
B
5365_reg03_05_012_e.eps
Figure 18
(4)
Re-install the Front cover.

Refer to 1.1.
(5)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 19

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 7
Repair and Service

1.3
DD+DIS270.05E
Left side cover

CM+343343.X
Left side cover
5365_reg03_05_013_e.eps
Figure 20
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_008_e.eps
Figure 21
(3)
A
5365_reg03_05_025_e.eps
Figure 22

Chapter 3.5 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
Remove the 2 screws (B).
5365_reg03_05_015_e.eps
Figure 23
(5)
Lift up the Left side cover to

remove it.
5365_reg03_05_016_e.eps
Figure 24
Re-installation:
(1)
Tilt the Left side cover over the

3 pins (C).
5365_reg03_05_017_e.eps
Figure 25

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 9
Repair and Service

(2)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remount the 2 screws (B).
5365_reg03_05_018_e.eps
Figure 26
(3)
Tighten the 2 screws (A).
A
5365_reg03_05_033_e.eps
Figure 27
(4)

Refer to 1.1.
(5)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 28

Chapter 3.5 / 10
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
1.4
Top cover module

CM+343345.X
Top cover module
5365_reg03_05_019_e.eps
Figure 29
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)
Remove the Right side cover.

Refer to 1.2.
(4)
Remove the Left side cover.

Refer to 1.3.
5365_reg03_05_021_e.eps
Figure 30

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)
Remove the 2 screws (A) at the

left side of the Top cover.
(6)
Remove the 2 screws (A) at the

right side of the Top cover.
(7)
Remove the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_020_e.eps
Figure 31
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Top cover into place and

remount the 2 screws (A) at the
left side.
(2)
Remount the 2 screws (A) at the

right side.
5365_reg03_05_020_e.eps
Figure 32
(3)
Re-install Right side cover.

Refer to 1.2.
(4)
Re-install Left side cover.

Refer to 1.3.
(5)

Refer to 1.1.
(6)
5365_reg03_05_022_e.eps
Figure 33

Chapter 3.5 / 12
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
1.5
Output tray cover

CM+343347.X
Output tray cover
5365_reg03_05_149_e.eps
Figure 34
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.3.
(4)

Refer to 1.2.
(5)
Remove the Main board.

Refer to 2.6.
5365_reg03_05_021_e.eps
Figure 35
(6)
Remove the screw (A).
5365_reg03_05_163_e.eps
Figure 36

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 13
Repair and Service

(7)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remove the screw (B).
5365_reg03_05_154_e.eps
Figure 37
(8)
Lift up and pull out the Output

tray cover.
5365_reg03_05_155_e.eps
Figure 38
Re-installation:
(1)
Slide the two legs of the

brackets from the Output tray
cover over the axes.
5365_reg03_05_156_e.eps
Figure 39

Chapter 3.5 / 14
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(2)
Put the Output tray cover into

place.
5365_reg03_05_157_e.eps
Figure 40
(3)
Remount the screw (B).
5365_reg03_05_154_e.eps
Figure 41
(4)
Remount the screw (A).
5365_reg03_05_163_e.eps
Figure 42

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 15
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)
Re-install the Main board.

Refer to 2.6.
(6)
Re-install the Left side cover.

Refer to 1.3.
(7)
Re-install the Right side cover.

Refer to 1.2.
(8)

Refer to 1.1.
(9)
5365_reg03_05_022_e.eps
Figure 43

Chapter 3.5 / 16
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
1.6
Air filter
CM+343350.X
Air filter
5365_reg03_05_122_e.eps
Figure 44
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_002_e.eps
Figure 45
(2)
(3)
Remove the Air filter.
5365_reg03_05_123_e.eps
Figure 46

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 17
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Air filter into place.
(2)
5365_reg03_05_124_e.eps
Figure 47
(3)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 48

Chapter 3.5 / 18
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Electronics
2.1
Keypad & Display module

CM+343336.X
5365_reg03_05_027_e.eps
Figure 49
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 50
(4)
Unplug the connector (A).
(5)
Unplug the connector (B).
(6)
Remove the screw (C).
(7)
Remove the screw (D).
(8)
Remove the Keypad & Display

module.
B
D
5365_reg03_05_029_e.eps
Figure 51
2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 19
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Align the Keypad & Display

module with the 2 holes (E) in
the frame.
5365_reg03_05_030_e.eps
Figure 52
(2)
Remount the screw (D).
(3)
Remount the screw (C).
(4)
Plug the connector (B).
(5)
Plug the connector (A).
B
D
C
A
5365_reg03_05_031_e.eps
Figure 53
(6)

Refer to 1.2.
(7)

Refer to 1.1.
(8)
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 54

Chapter 3.5 / 20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
2.2
Compact Flash card

CM+343356.X
Compact Flash card (128 MB)

5365_reg03_05_032_e.eps
Figure 55
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 56

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 21
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
(5)
Remove the EMI shield.
5365_reg03_05_034_e.eps
Figure 57
(6)
Push the lever inside towards

the Main board to remove the
CF-card.
5365_reg03_05_035_e.eps
Figure 58
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Compact Flash card in

the card holder, and push until
the lever comes out.
5365_reg03_05_036_e.eps
Figure 59

Chapter 3.5 / 22
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(2)
Re-install the EMI shield.
(3)
A
A
A
A
A
5365_reg03_05_037_e.eps
Figure 60
(4)

Refer to 1.2.
(5)

Refer to 1.1.
(6)
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 61
For a description about SW installation refer to chapter 3.2, Tools.

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 23
Repair and Service

2.3
DD+DIS270.05E
Safety switch
CM+343354.X
Safety switch
5365_reg03_05_038_e.eps
Figure 62
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_002_e.eps
Figure 63
(2)
Open the Hold-down bracket.
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 64

Chapter 3.5 / 24
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Open the Thermal print head

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 65
(4)
Close the Hold-down bracket.
5365_reg03_05_041_e.eps
Figure 66
(5)
Remove 2 screws (A).
(6)
Gently lift out the Thermal print

head cooling fan. As it is still
connected to the printer, rest it
on the frame of the printer.
5365_reg03_05_042_e.eps
Figure 67

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 25
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(7)
With the screwdriver, push the

snap at one side of the switch.
(8)
Release the Safety switch.
5365_reg03_05_043_e.eps
Figure 68
(9)
Unplug the 2 connectors.
5365_reg03_05_044_e.eps
Figure 69
Re-installation:
(1)
Replug the 2 connectors.
(2)
Put the Safety switch in the

square hole and push it until it
snaps behind the metal plate.
5365_reg03_05_045_e.eps
Figure 70

Chapter 3.5 / 26
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Gently re-install the Thermal

print head cooling fan.
(4)
Tighten 2 screws (A).
5365_reg03_05_047_e.eps
Figure 71
(5)
5365_reg03_05_048_e.eps
Figure 72
(6)
Close the Thermal print head

unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 73

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 27
Repair and Service

(7)
DD+DIS270.05E
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 74
(8)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 75

Chapter 3.5 / 28
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
2.4
TPH flat cable

CM+343555.X
TPH flat cable
5365_reg03_05_051_e.eps
Figure 76
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
(4)

Refer to 2.6.
(5)
Remove the Power supply uit.

Refer to 2.7
5365_reg03_05_021_e.eps
Figure 77
(6)
Open Hold-down bracket.
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 78

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 29
Repair and Service

(7)
DD+DIS270.05E

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 79
(8)
5365_reg03_05_061_e.eps
Figure 80
(9)
(10) Remove the metal plate.

B
5365_reg03_05_172_e.eps
Figure 81

Chapter 3.5 / 30
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(11) Free the TPH flat cable from its

holders (C).
5365_reg03_05_062_e.eps
Figure 82
(12) Take the connector at the
Thermal print head side out of
the printer.
(13) If necessary, help the connector
trough the hole (F).
5365_reg03_05_066_e.eps
Figure 83
(14) Free the TPH flat cable from its
holders (E) at the Main board
side.
5365_reg03_05_070_e.eps
Figure 84
(15) At the back side, pull the TPH
flat cable gently through the
hole (G) out of the printer.
/
5365_reg03_05_078_e.eps
Figure 85

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 31
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the connector of the Main

board side trough the
hole (G).
(2)
Pull the connector trough the

hole (G) and provide sufficient
length of the TPH flat cable to
be able to connect it to the Main
board.
/
5365_reg03_05_078_e.eps
Figure 86
(3)
Put the TPH flat cable in its

holders (E).
5365_reg03_05_070_e.eps
Figure 87
(4)
Put the connector of the

Thermal print head side trough
the hole (F).
F
5365_reg03_05_066_e.eps
Figure 88

Chapter 3.5 / 32
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)
Pull the TPH flat cable gently to

the right and connect it to the
Thermal print head plug (A).
5365_reg03_05_061_e.eps
Figure 89
(6)
Put the TPH flat cable into its

holders (C).
5365_reg03_05_062_e.eps
Figure 90
(7)
Put the metal plate into place.
(8)

A
5365_reg03_05_085_e.eps
Figure 91

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 33
Repair and Service

(9)
DD+DIS270.05E

unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 92
(10) Close the Hold-down bracket.
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 93
(11) Re-install the Power supply unit.
Refer to 2.7
(12) Re-install the Main board.
Refer to 2.6.
(13) Re-install the Right side cover.
Refer to 1.2.
(14) Re-install the Front cover.
Refer to 1.1.
(15) Close the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_022_e.eps
Figure 94

Chapter 3.5 / 34
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
2.5
Main board cooling fan

CM+343340.X
5365_reg03_05_054_e.eps
Figure 95
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 96

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 35
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
(5)
5365_reg03_05_034_e.eps
Figure 97
(6)
Release the cooling fan cable

from its 2 holders (B).
(7)
Unplug the connector (C).
5365_reg03_05_056_e.eps
Figure 98
(8)
Remove the 4 screws (D).
5365_reg03_05_057_e.eps
Figure 99

Chapter 3.5 / 36
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(9)
Remove the cooling fan.
5365_reg03_05_058_e.eps
Figure 100
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the cooling fan into place.
5365_reg03_05_059_e.eps
Figure 101
(2)
Remount the 4 screws (D).
5365_reg03_05_057_e.eps
Figure 102

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 37
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Plug the connector (C).
(4)
Put the cooling fan cable into

the 2 cable holders (B).
5365_reg03_05_060_e.eps
Figure 103
(5)
Put the EMI shield into place.
(6)
A
A
A
A
A
5365_reg03_05_037_e.eps
Figure 104
(7)

Refer to 1.2.
(8)

Refer to 1.1.
(9)
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 105

Chapter 3.5 / 38
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
2.6
Main board (VILIS - Themis)

CM+343335.X
Main board
5365_reg03_05_063_e.eps
Figure 106
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 107

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 39
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
Remove the network cable.
(5)
Remove the null-modem cable,

if any.
5365_reg03_05_065_e.eps
Figure 108
(6)
(7)
5365_reg03_05_034_e.eps
Figure 109
(8)
Unplug the 8 connectors

(1 to 8).
(9)

1
5365_reg03_05_067_e.eps
Figure 110

Chapter 3.5 / 40
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(10) Shift the Main board to the left

and remove it from the printer.
5365_reg03_05_068_e.eps
Figure 111
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Main board into place

and shift it to the right to block it.
5365_reg03_05_069_e.eps
Figure 112
(2)
(3)
Plug the 8 connectors (1 to 8).
5365_reg03_05_067_e.eps
Figure 113

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 41
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
(5)
A
A
A
A
A
5365_reg03_05_037_e.eps
Figure 114
(6)
Plug the null-modem cable, if

any.
(7)
Plug the network cable.
5365_reg03_05_072_e.eps
Figure 115
(8)

Refer to 1.2.
(9)

Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 116

Chapter 3.5 / 42
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
2.7
Power supply
CM+343337.X
Power supply
5365_reg03_05_073_e.eps
Figure 117
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
(4)

Refer to 2.6.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 118
(5)
Unplug the 3 connectors (A).
(6)
Unplug the connector (B).
5365_reg03_05_074_e.eps
Figure 119

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 43
Repair and Service

(7)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remove the 5 screws (C).

C
C
5365_reg03_05_075_e.eps
Figure 120
(8)
Pull back the Power supply to

remove it.
5365_reg03_05_076_e.eps
Figure 121
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Power supply into place.
(2)
Tighten the 5 screws (C).
C
C
5365_reg03_05_077_e.eps
Figure 122

Chapter 3.5 / 44
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Plug the 3 connectors (A).
(4)
Plug the connector (B).
5365_reg03_05_074_e.eps
Figure 123
(5)
Re-install the Main board.

Refer to 2.6.
(6)
Re-install the Right side cover.

Refer to 1.2.
(7)

Refer to 1.1.
(8)
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 124

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 45
Repair and Service

2.8
DD+DIS270.05E
OSB switch board

CM+343349.X
OSB switch board
5365_reg03_05_079_e.eps
Figure 125
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
(2)
Remove the metal plate.
5365_reg03_05_080_e.eps
Figure 126
(3)
Unplug the 3 connectors

(B, C, D).
(4)
Unscrew the 2 connectors

(E1, E2).
(5)
Remove the screw (F).
E1
E2
5365_reg03_05_081_e.eps
Figure 127

Chapter 3.5 / 46
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(6)
Shift the OSB switch board to

the right and pull it out.
5365_reg03_05_083_e.eps
Figure 128
Re-installation:
(1)
Slide the OSB switch board over

the pins and shift it to the left to
lock it.
5365_reg03_05_082_e.eps
Figure 129
(2)
Remount the screw (F).
(3)
Plug the 3 connectors (B, C, D).
(4)
Fasten the screw of the 2

connectors (E1, E2).
E1
E2
5365_reg03_05_081_e.eps
Figure 130
(5)
Put the metal plate into place.
(6)

A
5365_reg03_05_085_e.eps
Figure 131

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 47
Repair and Service

2.9
DD+DIS270.05E
TPH cooling fan

CM+343339.X
TPH cooling fan (including Air filter)
5365_reg03_05_086_e.eps
Figure 132
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_002_e.eps
Figure 133
(2)
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 134

Chapter 3.5 / 48
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 135
(4)
5365_reg03_05_041_e.eps
Figure 136
(5)
5365_reg03_05_042_e.eps
Figure 137

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 49
Repair and Service

(6)
DD+DIS270.05E
The TPH cooling fan is now still

attached to the printer by a
cable. Lift the fan carefully and
rest it on the frame of the
printer.
(7)
Open the 2 cable holders (B).
(8)
Unplug the connector (C).
(9)
Remove the TPH cooling fan.
5365_reg03_05_087_e.eps
Figure 138
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the TPH cooling fan on the

frame of the printer near its final
location.
(2)
Plug the connector (C).
(3)
Put the cable in the 2 cable

holders (B).
5365_reg03_05_087_e.eps
Figure 139

Chapter 3.5 / 50
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(4)
Put the TPH cooling fan into

place.
(5)
5365_reg03_05_047_e.eps
Figure 140
(6)
5365_reg03_05_048_e.eps
Figure 141
(7)

unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 142

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 51
Repair and Service

(8)
DD+DIS270.05E
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 143
(9)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 144

Chapter 3.5 / 52
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Input & Output area
3.1
Input block module

CM+343332.X
Input block module
5365_reg03_05_088_e.eps
Figure 145
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Put the printer at the edge of a

table with the trays positioned
over the edge.
(2)
Remove the 3 screws (B) - start

with both outer ones.
5365_reg03_05_089_e.eps
Figure 146
(3)
(4)
Remove the Input block module.
5365_reg03_05_090_e.eps
Figure 147

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 53
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Input block module into

place.
(2)
5365_reg03_05_091_e.eps
Figure 148
(3)
Remount the 3 screws (B) - start

with the middle one.
5365_reg03_05_092_e.eps
Figure 149

Chapter 3.5 / 54
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
3.2
Output module
CM+343330.X
Output module
5365_reg03_05_093_e.eps
Figure 150
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_008_e.eps
Figure 151
(3)
(4)
Unplug the 2 connectors (B).
5365_reg03_05_094_e.eps
Figure 152

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 55
Repair and Service

(5)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remove the Output module.
5365_reg03_05_095_e.eps
Figure 153
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Output module into

place.
5365_reg03_05_096_e.eps
Figure 154
(2)
(3)
Plug the 2 connectors (B).
5365_reg03_05_097_e.eps
Figure 155
(4)

Refer to 1.1.
(5)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 156
Chapter 3.5 / 56
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
3.3
Pick up module
CM+343331.X
Pick up module
5365_reg03_05_098_e.eps
Figure 157
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Output tray.
(2)
Remove any film pack from the

Input tray.
5365_reg03_05_099_e.eps
Figure 158
(3)
5365_reg03_05_100_e.eps
Figure 159

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 57
Repair and Service

(4)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remove the Pick up module.
5365_reg03_05_101_e.eps
Figure 160
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Pick up module into

place.
5365_reg03_05_115_e.eps
Figure 161
(2)
5365_reg03_05_100_e.eps
Figure 162

Chapter 3.5 / 58
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Put back the film pack.
(4)
Close the Output tray.
5365_reg03_05_116_e.eps
Figure 163

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 59
Repair and Service

3.4
DD+DIS270.05E
Input tray
CM+343348.X
Input tray
5365_reg03_05_117_e.eps
Figure 164
Required tools:
Short Crosshead screwdriver (< 15 cm), preferably with magnetic head.
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Output tray.
(2)
Remove any film pack from the

Input tray.
(3)
Remove the Input block module.

Refer to 3.1.
5365_reg03_05_099_e.eps
Figure 165
(4)
5365_reg03_05_118_e.eps
Figure 166

Chapter 3.5 / 60
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)
Remove the Input tray.
5365_reg03_05_119_e.eps
Figure 167
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Input tray into place.
Note: Hold down the film plate while

doing this!
5365_reg03_05_120_e.eps
Figure 168
(2)
5365_reg03_05_121_e.eps
Figure 169

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 61
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Re-install the Input block

module.
Refer to 3.1.
(4)
Re-load the film pack.
(5)
Close the Output tray.
5365_reg03_05_116_e.eps
Figure 170

Chapter 3.5 / 62
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
3.5
Extension cable block module

CM+343348.X
Extension cable block module
5365_reg03_05_174_e.eps
Figure 171
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)

Refer to 2.6.
(2)
Remove the Input Block

module. Refer to 3.1.
(3)
Remove the Input tray.

Refer to 3.4.
(4)
Unplug connector A.
5365_reg03_05_175_e.eps
(5)
Pull cable gently through hole B.
(6)
Remove cable.
5365_reg03_05_176_e.eps
Figure 172

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 63
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Pull cable gently through hole B.
5365_reg03_05_176_e.eps
(2)
Plug connector A.
(3)
Remount the Input tray.

Refer to 3.4.
(4)
Remount the Input Block

module. Refer to 3.1.
(5)
Remount the Main board.

Refer to 2.6.
5365_reg03_05_175_e.eps
Figure 173

Chapter 3.5 / 64
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Printing area
4.1
Main drive pulley & Drum belt

CM+343352.X
5365_reg03_05_107_e.eps
Figure 174
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Always replace main drive pulley and belt together, to prevent image artifacts
(17 mm banding) due to wear and dirt at pulley and belt.
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.3.
5365_reg03_05_108_e.eps
Figure 175

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 65
Repair and Service

(4)
DD+DIS270.05E
Hold back the belt tensioner and

remove the Drum belt.
5365_reg03_05_109_e.eps
Figure 176
(5)
Keep the Main drive pulley by

hand, and remove the screw
(A).
(6)
Remove the Main drive

pulley (B).
5365_reg03_05_110_e.eps
Figure 177
Re-installation:
(1)
(2)
Put the Main drive pulley (B)

into place. Make sure to align
the flat face inside the wheel
with the one on the shaft (C).

B
5365_reg03_05_111_e.eps
Figure 178

Chapter 3.5 / 66
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)

put the Drum belt into place.
(4)
Gently release the belt tensioner

and verify that the Drum belt is
running correctly over the
pulleys.
5365_reg03_05_112_e.eps
Figure 179
(5)

Refer to 1.3.
(6)

Refer to 1.1.
(7)
5365_reg03_05_113_e.eps
Figure 180

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 67
Repair and Service

4.2
DD+DIS270.05E
Input sensors module

CM+343342.X
5365_reg03_05_114_e.eps
Figure 181
Required tools:
Waterproof pen
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.3.
5365_reg03_05_108_e.eps
Figure 182
(4)
Mark belt outside with a

waterproof pen: It has to be
mounted again with this mark
outside, to ensure that the
running direction stays the
same.
of
rpro
wate
536535aa.cdr
Figure 183

Chapter 3.5 / 68
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)

5365_reg03_05_109_e.eps
Figure 184
(6)

(A).
(7)

pulley (B).
5365_reg03_05_110_e.eps
Figure 185
(8)
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 186

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 69
Repair and Service

(9)
DD+DIS270.05E

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 187
(10) Unplug the connector (A).
B
(11) Remove the screw (B).
5365_reg03_05_125_e.eps
Figure 188
(12) Slide out the Input sensors
module.
5365_reg03_05_126_e.eps
Figure 189

Chapter 3.5 / 70
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Slide the Input sensors module

into the recess.
5365_reg03_05_127_e.eps
Figure 190
(2)
Remount the screw (B).
(3)
5365_reg03_05_125_e.eps
Figure 191
(4)

unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 192

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 71
Repair and Service

(5)
DD+DIS270.05E
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 193
(6)
(7)


B
5365_reg03_05_111_e.eps
Figure 194
(8)

(9)
Gently release the belt tensioner

pulleys.
5365_reg03_05_112_e.eps
Figure 195

Chapter 3.5 / 72
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(10) Observe belt running direction:
Mount belt with mark outside.
Possible image artifacts (17 mm
banding) if mounted the wrong
way.
536535ac.cdr
Figure 196
(11) Re-install Left side cover.
Refer to 1.3.
(12) Re-install the Front cover.
Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_113_e.eps
Figure 197

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 73
Repair and Service

4.3
DD+DIS270.05E
Print drum module

CM+343333.X
Print drum module
536535ae.cdr
Figure 198
Required tools:
Waterproof pen
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.3.
5365_reg03_05_108_e.eps
Figure 199
(4)
Mark belt outside with a

waterproof pen: It has to be
mounted again with this mark
outside, to ensure that the
running direction stays the
same.
of
rpro
wate
536535aa.cdr
Figure 200

Chapter 3.5 / 74
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)

5365_reg03_05_109_e.eps
Figure 201
(6)

(A).
(7)

pulley (B).
5365_reg03_05_110_e.eps
Figure 202
(8)
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 203

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 75
Repair and Service

(9)
DD+DIS270.05E

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 204
(10) Unplug the connector (A).
A
(11) Remove the 2 screws (B).
B
5365_reg03_05_128_e.eps
Figure 205
(12) Insert auxiliary fittings which are
part of delivery: This lifts the
pressure arms to make the
drum removal and installation
easier.
536535af.cdr
Figure 206

Chapter 3.5 / 76
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(13) Shift Print drum module a little

bit to the left and lift it out to
remove it.
1
2
5365_reg03_05_129_e.eps
Figure 207
Re-installation:
(1)
Slide the Print drum module

carefully downward.
5365_reg03_05_130_e.eps
Figure 208
(2)
Shift the Print drum module to

the right. Verify that the 2 Drum
bearings fit well under the Cam
shaft levers.
5365_reg03_05_167_e.eps
Figure 209

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 77
Repair and Service

(3)
DD+DIS270.05E
Push the 2 brackets (C) gently

into place in their guiding holes.
5365_reg03_05_168_e.eps
Figure 210
(4)
Remove the auxiliary fittings
536535ag.cdr
Figure 211
(5)
(6)
B
5365_reg03_05_128_e.eps
Figure 212
(7)
Close Thermal print head unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 213

Chapter 3.5 / 78
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(8)
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 214
(9)

(10) Remount the screw (A).

B
5365_reg03_05_111_e.eps
Figure 215
(11) Hold back the belt tensioner and
(12) Gently release the belt tensioner
pulleys.
5365_reg03_05_112_e.eps
Figure 216

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 79
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(13) Observe belt running direction:

Mount belt with mark outside.
Possible image artifacts (17 mm
banding) if mounted the wrong
way.
536535ac.cdr
Figure 217
(14) Remount the Left side cover.

Refer to 1.3.
(15) Remount the Front cover.
Refer to 1.1.
5365_reg03_05_113_e.eps
Figure 218

Chapter 3.5 / 80
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
4.4
Drum drive module

CM+343338.X
Drum drive module
536535ad.cdr
Figure 219
Always replace the drum drive motor together with main drive pulley and belt
to prevent image artifacts (17 mm banding) due to wear and dirt at pulley and
belt.
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.3.
(4)
Remove Main drive pulley &

Drum belt.
Refer to 4.1.
(5)
Remove the Input sensors

module.
Refer to 4.2
5365_reg03_05_108_e.eps
Figure 220

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 81
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(6)
Unplug the 3 connectors (A).
(7)

B
5365_reg03_05_131_e.eps
Figure 221
(8)
Remove the Drum drive module.
5365_reg03_05_134_e.eps
Figure 222
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Drum drive module into

place.
5365_reg03_05_135_e.eps
Figure 223

Chapter 3.5 / 82
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(2)
(3)
Plug the 3 connectors (A).

B
5365_reg03_05_131_e.eps
Figure 224
(4)
Re-install the Input sensors

module.
Refer to 4.2.
(5)
Re-install Main drive pulley &

Drum belt.
Refer to 4.1.
(6)

Refer to 1.3.
(7)

Refer to 1.1.
(8)

5365_reg03_05_113_e.eps
Figure 225

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 83
Repair and Service

4.5
DD+DIS270.05E
Thermal print head uni

CM+343334.X
Thermal print head unit
5365_reg03_05_137_e.eps
Figure 226
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
5365_reg03_05_002_e.eps
Figure 227
(2)
5365_reg03_05_039_e.eps
Figure 228

Chapter 3.5 / 84
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(3)
Unplug the 5 connectors (A-E).
5365_reg03_05_177_e.eps
Figure 229
(4)

unit.
5365_reg03_05_040_e.eps
Figure 230
(5)
At the right side and at the left

side, loosen the screws (F) that
lock the Thermal print head unit.
(6)
Lift out the Thermal print head

unit to remove it.
5365_reg03_05_138_e.eps
Figure 231

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 85
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
Re-installation:
(1)
Put the Thermal print head unit

into place.
(2)
Tighten the screws (F) at the left

and at the right side of the
Thermal print head unit.
5365_reg03_05_143_e.eps
Figure 232
(3)

unit.
5365_reg03_05_049_e.eps
Figure 233
(4)
Plug the 5 connectors (A-E).
5365_reg03_05_177_e.eps
Figure 234

Chapter 3.5 / 86
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(5)
5365_reg03_05_050_e.eps
Figure 235
(6)
5365_reg03_05_170_e.eps
Figure 236

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 87
Repair and Service

4.6
DD+DIS270.05E
Cam shaft drive

CM+343339.X
Cam shaft drive
5365_reg03_05_102_e.eps
Figure 237
Required tools:
Required time:
15 min
Removal:
(1)
Open the Top cover.
(2)

Refer to 1.1.
(3)

Refer to 1.2.
5365_reg03_05_028_e.eps
Figure 238
(4)
(5)
5365_reg03_05_034_e.eps
Figure 239

Chapter 3.5 / 88
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E
(6)
Remove the 2 screws (D).
(7)
Lower the Cam shaft drive. It is

still connected to 2 cables.
5365_reg03_05_104_e.eps
Figure 240
(8)
Unplug two connectors and

remove the Cam shaft drive.
Figure 241
Re-installation:
(1)
Reconnect two cables and put

the Cam shaft drive into place.
Figure 242

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 89
Repair and Service

(2)
DD+DIS270.05E
Remount the 2 screws (D).
5365_reg03_05_104_e.eps
Figure 243
(3)
(4)
A
A
A
A
A
5365_reg03_05_037_e.eps
Figure 244
(5)

Refer to 1.2.
(6)

Refer to 1.1.
(7)
5365_reg03_05_026_e.eps
Figure 245

Chapter 3.5 / 90
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
2005-08-05
Repair and Service

DD+DIS270.05E

2005-08-05
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 91
Repair and Service

Adjustments and calibrations
DD+DIS346.05E
Chapter 3.6:
List of contents
Adjustments.................................................................................................. 1
1.1
Horizontal film alignment procedure........................................................................... 1
Calibrations................................................................................................... 2
2.1
Film Calibration .......................................................................................................... 3
2.2
CDM calibration.......................................................................................................... 5
2.3
Print Head (TH) Calibration ........................................................................................ 7
Checks......................................................................................................... 10
3.1
Density reproduction check ...................................................................................... 10
3.2
Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure.................................................... 13

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Adjustments
Following adjustments have to be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
Horizontal film alignment
1.1
To be done ....
Details
see....
in case after TH replacement the

blank left or right frame is < 2mm
1.1
Horizontal film alignment procedure

When?
The horizontal film alignment is necessary when:

The TPH has been replaced and
the blank frame at the left or right hand side is < 2 mm
How?
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
In the printer web pages select 'Service Engineer Tools'

Select 'Enter Service Command Session'
Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'
Select "Start Printing"
Measure the left and right blank border of the test film
Enter the values in the browser screen
Select 'Accept Changes'
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration
Horizontal alignment
Left white border 0.0
Right white border 0.0
Accept changes
(mm)
(mm)
Discard changes
536536ac.cdr
Figure 1
2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Calibrations
Following calibrations have to be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
To be done ....
Film calibration
Details
see....
During maintenance.
After replacement of the Thermal print
head (TPH).
2.1
During the troubleshooting procedure.

refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting
Internal densitometer
(CDM) calibration
Print Head (TH)

calibration
After output module replacement
When the density reproduction check

indicates to calibrate the CDM

refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting

Refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting
2.2
2.3

Chapter 3.6 / 2
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.1
Film Calibration
Film calibration by default is executed automatically at every 5th new film
package.
It can be activated/deactivated in the Key-operator menu "2 Change
settings - 4 Image quality - 1 General - select default for film calibration
(default = ON)". Also the calibration frequency (Default = every 5 film
packs) can be entered there.
It can be initiated manually, too.
This manual Film calibration is explained further on.
At least each 5000 films (adjustable maintenance action. Refer to chapter

9 Maintenance).
After replacement of the Thermal print head (TPH).
In case of a drift of the maximum density.
During the troubleshooting procedure. refer to chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting
How?
(1)
Select in key-operator menu

Calibration'
(2)
Select 'Start Calibration':

The calibration film as shown
in Figure 2 is printed and the
measured Dmax is shown.
See also note next page.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
CDM measurement area
When?
Dmax = 3.03 (MB924)

5365_enc_600.cdr
Measured Dmax
536536ga.cdr
In order to be useable this film should be

absolutely dust free within the marked region!
Figure 2

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is max. 2%

different from the target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured
in Key-operator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below.
Example:
Selected default densitometer:
X-Rite 3.41
Measured Dmax:
2.98 O.D.
Result:
Calibration successful
Densitometer
Target Dmax DT2B
Target Dmax DT2C
X-Rite 310
3.10 O.D.
2.95 O.D.
X-Rite 331
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 341
3.04 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 301
2.99 O.D.
2.86 O.D.
MacBeth
3.03 O.D.
2.90 O.D.
Gretag D200
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
When the Dmax isn't reached, automatically a second film calibration

starts. The TH power will be increased so that the Dmax will be reached
if there are no artifacts in the film.
In case Dmax is still more than 2% different from the target Dmax the
display will show "calibration failed". In this case check the CDM
measurement area at the lightbox for image artifacts (e.g. dust stripes).
Refer to Figure 2.
In case of image artifacts troubleshoot as described in
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting, section "Artifacts on the Film".
In case no image artifacts are visible troubleshoot as described in
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting, section "Dmax too high or too low".

Chapter 3.6 / 4
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.2
CDM calibration
When?
Purpose
How?
The calibration of the internal densitometer CDM via an external

densitometer is necessary when the density reproduction check for a
specific material is not OK after a film calibration.
After replacement of the Output module (which includes the internal
densitometer).
Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite

301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2.
Adjust the CDM to another calibrated, external densitometer

To compensate for measurement drifts
(1) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service

Command session' select '6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer
calibration'
(2) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 3.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration
3. Print Head Calibration
4. Horizontal Alignment
Internal Densitometer Calibration
Select Densitometer
Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration
Welcome to this
In progress
Please Wait
7%
536536ak.cdr
Welcome to this
Measurement Area
Go back
Reset Values
Welcome to this
SUCCEEDED
Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet
Step Previous values
Step Previous values
0.24
0.24
00
0.25
01
0.25
0.25
0.31
02
0.26
03
0.30
0.55
0.95
04
0.54
05
0.94
1.45
1.97
06
1.43
07
1.96
2.49
2.99
08
2.50
09
3.00
3.15
2.80
10
3.18
11
2.80
2.28
1.75
12
2.28
13
1.71
1.20
0.72
14
1.17
15
0.71
0.38
0.26
16
0.37
17
0.26
0.24
0.24
18
0.25
19
0.25
Accept changes
Discard changes
Reset values
Figure 3
Always perform a Film calibration (refer to 2.1) and check the Density
reproduction (refer to 3.1) after a CDM calibration.

Chapter 3.6 / 6
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.3
Print Head (TH) Calibration

When?
The Print Head Profile calibration is necessary whenever vertical stripes

are not longer acceptable
Vertical stripes are unacceptable in case they are visible in the medical
service test image! Refer to Figure 5.
The Print Head calibration can only be used to compensate for macro-TPH
banding. (width > 10 - 15 mm).
Artifacts with sharp edges cannot be compensated by the TPH profile
calibration
How?
Ink eraser 'Pelikan' (10+999991176.0). Only in case Dry Cleaning

Procedure has to be performed.
(1) Perform the TH cleaning procedure. Refer to page 14 (section 3.2.)

(2) Start the profile calibration only when the cleaning procedure flowchart
(page 14) asks for it
(3) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(4) Follow the instructions on the WebPages as shown in Figure 4

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2
3
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
Welcome to this
Printhead Calibration
Select Densitometer
Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration
6
3
Reset Values
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Succeeded
Printhead Calibration
In progress
Please Wait
7%
536536ag.cdr
Field 0
Go back
Field 31
Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet

Step
Step
00 2.0
01 2.1
02 2.0
03 2.1
04 2.1
05 2.1
06 2.1
07 2.1
08 2.2
09 2.1
10 2.1
11 2.2
12 2.1
13 2.1
14 2.1
15 2.0
16 2.1
17 2.1
18 2.1
19 2.1
20 2.1
21 2.2
22 2.1
23 2.0
24 2.1
25 2.1
26 2.1
27 2.1
28 2.1
29 2.2
30 2.1
31 2.2
Accept changes
Discard changes
Reset values
Figure 4

Chapter 3.6 / 8
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
(5) Select "Accept changes" when all

values are entered (refer to
Figure 4).
(6) Print the Medical service test
image (refer to Figure 5).
(7) Check the macro banding in the
medical image.
If the vertical stripes are
acceptable, continue with next
step.
If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable, but improved
with respect to the first printed
medical image, perform again
a Print Head Calibration.
If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable and not
improved with respect to the
first printed medical image*,
replace the drum and perform
again a Print Head Profile
calibration
(For drum replacement refer to
chapter 3.5).
Figure 5
(8) Perform a Film calibration.

Refer to 2.1.
*(see first step of cleaning procedure page 14) )

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 9
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Checks
Following checks can be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
To be done ....
Details
see....
Check for dust stripes During troubleshooting procedure. Refer to

/ TH cleaning
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
procedure
3.1
Density reproduction
check
3.2
During maintenance. refer to chapter 9,

Maintenance
During troubleshooting procedure. refer to
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
3.1
Density reproduction check

Background
Information
When?
With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type
between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the
printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values
are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
The density reproduction check is necessary ...
during maintenance
possibly during troubleshooting procedure


Chapter 3.6 / 10
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
How?
(1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print image - 1 Test image"
(2) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 %
0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in corresponding Excel file:
Blue based film: Ds5300 density reproduction check DT2B.xls or
Clear based film: Ds5300 density reproduction check DT2C.xls
These Excel files can be downloaded from MedNet, download area
'GSO library - Hardcopy - Dry Imagers - Drystar 5300 - Freeware'.
(4) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is
calculated automatically (see Figure 6)
(5) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density
Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to
carry out a CDM calibration.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
X-rite 341
4
Select densitometer:
Dmax = 314
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100%
20
20
0
0
90%
47
49,4
-2,4
0
80%
73
78,8
-5,8
0
70%
104
108,2
-4,2
0
60%
133
137,6
-4,6
0
50%
163
167
-4
0
40%
189
196,4
-7,4
0
30%
218
225,8
-7,8
0
20%
246
255,2
-9,2
0
10%
274
284,6
-10,6
0
0%
306
314
-8
0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot,
e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density
Lower limit
Upper limit
0
0
0
30
-5
5
45
-7
7
Density Reproduction = OK
60
-8
8
No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
75
-9
9
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
240
255
270
285
300
315
-10
-11
-12
-12
-13
-13
-14
-14
-14
-15
-15
-15
-16
-16
-16
-16
10
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film in Ds 5300

20
Density Difference
15
X-rite 310
X-rite 331
X-rite 341
X-rite 301
Mac Beth TR924
Gretag D200-2
10
5
0
Lower limit
Upper limit
Density difference
-5
-10
-15
-20
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Target Density
536636af.cdr
Figure 6

Chapter 3.6 / 12
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
3.2
Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure

When?
Whenever dust stripes seem to be present
During troubleshooting procedure. Refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
Ink eraser 'Pelikan' (10+999991176.0). Only in case Dry Cleaning

Procedure has to be performed. Refer to Figure 7.
301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2. Only in case TH profile calibration is
required. Refer to Figure 7.
(1) Check the films for dust stripes as described in the flowchart of
Figure 7
Basic Rules for the TH Cleaning Procedure

Use the correct cleaning material.
1. Wet cleaning: Use a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or a cleaning tissue.
2. Dry cleaning: Use the blue side of an ink eraser. Make a linear
cleaning movement, parallel to the resistor line. Refer to Figure 8.
3. For the last wet cleaning action observe the rule: The last cleaning
action must be carried out in one way!
For the Isopropyl alcohol observe the rule: As less water is in the alcohol
as better. Water can damage the TH. We recommend using a 90%
Isopropyl alcohol.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 13
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
TH cleaning
procedure
Dry TH cleaning
procedure
Print STI2 and

*
medical_image test image
Dismount TH
No Okay. No
replacement
required
vertical stripes
visible ?
Yes or in doubt
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
Use ink eraser

for cleaning.
Refer to figure next page.
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
Print STI2 test image
additional
vertical stripes
visible ?
Mount TH
Yes
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
No
Previous Stripes
still visible ?
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
No
Okay. No
replacement
required
Print STI2 test image
Yes
Perform Resistor Check. **
(Only available for SW > 2.X_C1.
For SW < 2.X_C1 skip this step)
Yes
New vertical
stripes visible ?
No
Resistor Check okay ?
Replace TH
No
Yes
Perform Dry TH
Cleaning Procedure
Vertical
stripes visible ?
No
Okay. No
replacement
required
No
Okay. No
replacement
required
Yes
Perform TH ***
profile calibration.
* Service menu: 3 Print Image

** Service menu: 7 Service Actions - 6 Resistor Check
*** Service menu: 6 Calibration - 3 Print Head Calibration
Stripes visible in
medical_image test
image ?
Yes
Observe TH cleaning rules

described next page
Replace TH
536536mm.cdr
Figure 7

Chapter 3.6 / 14
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Before dry cleaning with an ink eraser to remove print stripes dismount
the thermal head.
During cleaning do not push on the IC cover of the Thermal Head.
TH resistor line
TH cross section
TH top view
Blue side
Ink eraser
e.g. Pelican
type BR40
536410cd.cdr
linear cleaning movement

parallel to TH resistor line
Figure 8: Usage of ink eraser for TH cleaning
Instruct the customer, not to fill the input tray with dropped films or films
coming from jam clearances:
These re-inserted films can be contaminated with dust and fingerprints
which can result in image artifacts or a defective thermal head.
If the film is inserted the wrong way, the thermal head gets heavily
contaminated, what makes a service intervention necessary.

2006-01-26
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.6 / 15
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Software menus, Settings
Chapter 3.7:
List of contents
Controls at the local Keypad.................................... 1
Key-Operator Menu via local keypad ...................... 2
Key-Operator Webpages .......................................... 3
Service Engineer Tools Webpages.......................... 5
Service Command Webpages ................................ 10
Difference Key-Operator and Service Command

Session .................................................................... 12

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / I
Agfa Comapny Confidential
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Controls at the local Keypad

The keypad
Overview of user interface controls:

1
The control buttons
2
Power / Reset
button
To power on or off the printer.

To reset the printer.
Keypad keys:
4
Keyoperator key
6
1
Power/Reset button
Display
Keyboard
Status indicator LED
Film input tray
Film output tray
Escape key
To quit the current function or exit a menu without

saving modifications.
Confirm key
(In Key-operator mode)

To select a menu;
To accept an entry in a menu.
Up key
To move the cursor to the previous entry field.

To scroll upwards.
To increment the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical
entry field.
Down key
To move the cursor to the next entry field.

To scroll downwards.
To decrement the number in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field.
Left key
To scroll backwards through multiple choices

within a field.
To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from right to left.
To toggle between values in a field.
Right key
To scroll forwards through multiple choices within

a field.
To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from left to right.
To toggle between values in a field.
The status indicator LED

At the right side of the display, a LE D indicates the status of the Drystar 5300.
Color
To access the advanced functions of the Keyoperator mode. Refer to next page.
Light
Constant
Status
Ready (standby)
Receive
jobs?
Printing
OK?
Yes
Yes
Startup sequence
No
No
Receiving jobs
Yes
Yes
Calculating
Yes
Yes
Printing
Yes
Yes
Calibrating
Yes
No
Action
Proceed.
Wait.
Green
Blinking
Installation
Blinking
No
No
Key-operator
Yes/No
Yes/No
Service mode
No
No
Proceed with
the activity.
Input tray empty
Yes
Yes/No
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Film jam
Yes
No
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Warning
Yes
Yes
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Error status
No
No
Refer to
Section
Troubleshooting
"
All keys (except the Key-operator key) have a LED that is lit when the key
is valid in a certain condition.
"
Press and hold down an arrow key to scroll quickly through a list
or a menu.
Red
Constant
5365_100_3702.cdr
Page 1

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Key-Operator Menu via local keypad
*
*
*
*
Based on SW Rel. 2.0

* means:
Item not available in SW < Rel. 2

Chapter 3.7 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Key-Operator Webpages
Welcome to this
Prompt
Operator tools
Welcome to this
Enter Password
drystar
Key-operator tools
******
HOME
OK
Specialist tools
Cancel
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

Remote sessions
Please wait while the printer is initializing

for Remote Session...
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Main
1. Show settings
2. Change settings
3. Print image
4. Save configuration
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control
9. Installation
leave remote session
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Show settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers
6. Installed datasets
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
Go back
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Print Image

1. Test Image
2. From Printer Flash Card
3. From Remote Computer
2.1
2.2
3.1
2.3
Go back
2.4
Go back
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Restore configuration

1. From CF-Card
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Key-Operator - Save configuration

1. To Printer Flash Card
2. To this Computer
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Calibration
1. Film Calibration
2. Therm. Head clean
Go back
Go back
Go back
3.1 7.1 8.1 9.1
Welcome to this
refer to next page

5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 1
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Service actions

1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Quality Control

1. Quality Control
7.1
Welcome to this
8.1
Go back

2. Printer Installation Wizard
9.1
Go back
Go back

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.1
2.2
Welcome to this

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments

Normal
Back
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Welcome to this
Film view
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality

11x14"
Tag film type DT2B
1. General
2. Modality XYZ
Go back
Go back
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
Welcome to this

Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
9.1
Printer AE-title
Hostname
Domain name
Printer IP-Address
Netmask
Router IP-address
LDAP server
Service host IP-address
Alert mailing
Welcome to this
Software Upgrade
1. From CF-card
2. From this Computer
Welcome to this
12.10.68.41
255.0.0.0
Look Up Table:
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Interpolation:
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
off
on
280
285
290
295
Welcome to this
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values

on
Go back
1. Maintenance settings
2. Pending maintenance actions
3. Closed maintenance actions
Printer
DS5300
1. OK, make backup

2. SKIP backup
Welcome to this
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Before install.
please make backup
Go back
DS5300
ds5300
Key-Operator - Print image

1. TG18-QC.zip
2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
5. tpa.zip
Maximum density:
Go back
7.1
2.4
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
3.1
2.3
Welcome to this
8.1
Welcome to this

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Welcome to this

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item
Cycles to go Factory settings
Thermal head cleaning required
4841
5000
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 24841
25000
Replace thermal head (end of life)
62500
62500
Film calibration required
500
5000
Service maintenance required
39841
40000

Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
Comment:
Accept changes Go Back
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
New QC measuring Reset Values
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 2
Go back

Chapter 3.7 / 4
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Service Engineer Tools Webpages

Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Welcome to this
HOME
Enter Password
mega

******
Specialist tools
OK
Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Security Setup
HTTP Yes
HTTPS No
..............
S3
Network info
IP-address 10.233.68.108
Hostname DI53IE2
Netmask 255.255.248.0
...................................
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
...........................................
link partner : 100HD 10HD autonegotiation
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
Output Queue
Retry timeout0
.......................................
Dicom input
........................................
LPD Profiles
.............................................
Site info
City
Site Name
Site address
Country code
Department name
Phone
Modem
Comment
Installation Date
S4
______________ Power supply state

DC 5 Volts 4.96875 V
DC 3 Volts 3.2714844 V
DC +12 Volts 12.007315 V
DC -12 Volts -12.014129 V
DC 24 Volts 24.173584 V
DC TH Volts 0 V
DC TH Amps 0.0 A
______________ Error state
Current warnings
Current errors
______________ Temperatures
Heatsink 52.70407 C
Keypad-display 41.5 C
Drum-region 36.5 C
CPU-region 52 C
Current Max density 310.45212 points
______________ Density meter
Dark current Idrange 0: 78
range 1: 78
range 2: 77
Light current I09561, lamp at 75 %
______________ Display
Contrast-setting 68
Backlight-setting 50
______________ Status
Blemish heating enabled
CDM device enabled
Online diagnosis enabled
Security disabled
______________ Storage
Removable storage not present
Removable storage size Removable storage free Fixed (c:) storage size 122 MB (128045056 bytes)
Fixed (c:) storage free 0 bytes
INFO COUNTER drystar 5300
InfoCounters
Last error codes ESC
......................................
Errors/Warnings
Name Total Relative Date of last
ESC1F Local SSL trusted certificate wi...4848Apr-27-2004 15:52:24
..............................................
S5
FPGAVersion3.0.1
OSVersion
### /portex info
Versions : Portex=2004.05
Patch vers: 0
Build date: 13-oct-2004 16:12
Boot date : 17-NOV-2004 17:06:26
Net ID : 10.233.65.97 dry900
Ethernet : 08:00:66:80:44:09
DriverVersionVersion: HW3.12 ; build timestamp : time = 14:36:45,21
ControllerVersion P4D3.03.15
DrystarVersion R1.9 C1
BoardVersion VILIS2.2
M16Version 45
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
SERVICE TOOLS
Prompt
S2
1. Site and system info:

-----------------------Date:
18-Nov-2004
Time:
12:42:15
1.1 Device info:
---------------Product name:
drystar
Type-No:
5300
Subtype-No:
Serial-No:
1234
Manufacture date:
01-Aug-2004 16:45:00
Installation date:
31-Nov-2004 13:10:30
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration Data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
refer to section "Key-Operator Web pages"

refer to section "Service command web pages"
S1
LIST OF ERRORS
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
MODULE : vilismodule
Elabel : Yes
*TypeDefect
*Context207000
*ActionSeeManual
*Reason1Connector P9 not connected on VILIS
Cure1Connect P9 on VILIS
*Reason2VILIS defect
Cure2Replace
PartMOD07
*TypeDefect
*Context207001
*ActionSeeManual
*Reason1Connector P15 not connected on VILIS
Cure1Connect P15 on VILIS
*Reason2VILIS defect
Cure2Replace
PartMOD07
Welcome to this
S6
S8
Current Incidents:
S9
S10
S11 S12 S13
Current Warnings:
refer to next 3 pages
Current Defects:
1.2 Site info:
-------------City:
Padova
Site name:
Connectathon
Site address:
Avenida 12
Department name:
X-Ray
Phone:
1234321
Modem:
Comment:
1.3 Hardware info:
-----------------CPU:
0 - THEMIS 1.3 rev=? **
RAM:
512 Mbyte
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 3
releaseRemoteSession
S7

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E

HOME HELP
Calibration Manager
HOME HELP
HELP
S10
Dicom Print SCP Servers
S8
Default CDM: Return to default CDM-calibration values.
Current values willbe copied to a backup.
Setup Dicom Print SCP Servers
S10.1
Dicom Host Profiles
Default CDM
HOME HELP
DICOM Input Setup
Controller Setup
S9
Based
on SW
Rel. 2.0
Automatically switch to CubicBell: yes
These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side.
Edit the default (site) profile
Validate profiles
Auto Dicom Configuration

Input status
HELP
Site Defaults
S10.3
idle
These are the default print settings for all Dicom input for which no special 'Host
Profile' is made. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
S10.3
Only some parameters can be edited.
Refresh
Update profile database
Select profile database file to upload:
OK
Browse ...
Upload new DB
Number of Copies:
1
Print Priority:
LOW
Polarity:
normal
Film Orientation
:portrait
Trim:
NO
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported:
YES
Kernel:Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,smoothFactor:
-2.5
Magnification:Magn:
max
Pixel Size:ratio:
1.0 / 1.0
Perception LUT:
kanamori
Kanamori Like value
:0
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2):
2000
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2):
10
Border Density (OD x100):
BLACK
Empty Image Density (OD x100):
BLACK
Minimum Density (OD x100):
Maximum Density (OD x100):
300
Annotation 1:
none
Edit Custom
Annotation 2:
none
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation
:r0
Conformance/Status Level:
0
Nevent enabled:
OFF
Mammo:
NO
Association Timeout (s):
0
Image Timeout (s)
:0
Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
true
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
true
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN:
true
Resolution:
320
Supported SOP classes
:All enabled
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes):
23
HOME HELP
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
S10.2
Nick Name: Name XYZ

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Use this profile only for local SCP server: all
Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity:
normal
Film Orientation: portrait
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: yes
Print even if Application type not supported:
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 23
Kernel: site
Edit Custom
Magnification: Edit
Edit
Pixel Size: ratio:
Perception LUT: kanamori
Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2):
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2):
Border Density (OD x100):
Empty Image Density (OD x100):
Minimum Density (OD x100):
Maximum Density (OD x100): site
300
Annotation 1: site
Edit Custom
Annotation 2: site
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation: r0
Conformance/Status Level:
Nevent enabled: off
Mammo modality: NO
Mammo CWR Rotation:
Association Timeout (s):
Image Timeout (s):
Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN:
Resolution:320
Supported SOP classes: Edit
LR Like: off
OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input
A 'Host Profile' defines the print parameters for a specific host (modality).
Available Host Profiles:
S10.2
New
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
At run-time, profile selection is done based on the incoming 'Calling AE title'
and the receiving SCP server.
If no profile is found, the default (site) profile will be used.
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.35 ( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
Host Profile: Name XYZ
S10.1
Dicom Print SCP

Internal Name: DS5300
Clear this field to remove the settings for this Dicom Print SCP server
Listen at Port: 104
Activate at startup:
Comments:
Manually customized items are show in red

The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button)
OK
Cancel

HOME HELP
HOME HELP
LPD Server Setup

New
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
Layout Preview
Cancel
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 4
LPD Server
LPD Setup
LPD Servers
S11
S11.1
LPD Server Setup
S11.1
Port: 515 Clear it to remove the LPD Server

Max allowed associations: 10
Activate at startup:
Secure channel:
Comments:
S11.2
OK
Create new LPD Server
Cancel
Validate All Profiles

Chapter 3.7 / 6
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
S12.1
HELP
HOME HELP
LPD Profile: Name XYZ
These settings can be overruled by the LPD protocol.

You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the front.
S11.2
Network Configuration
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
HOME HELP
Reboot Device
S12
Ethernet
S13
all
Show History
Clear History
Auto-Refresh
Input state:
Output Queue setup:

Retry timeout (seconds)
Max retry count
range: 31..599
(0 = retry forever)
Submit
HOME HELP
Basic IP
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
HOME HELP
Reboot Device
Routing
Default gateway
S12.1
More Routes
Reach Device
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
Reboot Device
DNS servers
S12.2
via gateway:
Remove

Test Routes
Ping a device
Basic IP
A DNS server translates a given hostname into an IP address.
Add Changes require reboot

Ping
Test DNS
Enter a hostname:
Resolve
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 1
DNS
Output Queue contents:

Filter on
Customized items are show in red.
Routing
Output Queue
Obtain IP settings automatically (RARP/BOOTP/DHCP) no
OK Cancel Factory Defaults
Basic IP
S12.3
Basic IP settings
IP address
Host name
Domain
Subnetmask
Profile Name: Name XYZ

Medium Size: _14x17
Medium Type: bluebased
Layout: Optimal Row
Number of copies:
Film Orientation: portrait
Region Of Interest: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio:
Edit
Polarity: normal
Image Orientation: r0
Input LUT:
Edit
Usertaste Gray:
Edit
Usertaste Color:
Edit
Edit
Magnification:
Edit
Kernel:
Edit
Trim:
Edit
Background Color: Grayscale
Edit
Empty Color: Gray: Grayscale
PostScript Requested page size: Width:
Height:
PostScript policy: pagesizeDependent
Resolution:
320
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes):
Annotation 1: Edit
Annotation 2: Edit
HOME HELP
Basic IP
S12.2
Reboot Device
S12.3
Ethernet
Current line properties: 100 Mbit Full-Duplex
Link partner (other side): : 100FD 100HD 10FD 10HD autonegotiation
Ethernet (MAC) address: 08:00:66:80:44:09
Setup: Type: UTP
MII address:
Auto negotiation, capabilities:
10 MBit Half Duplex
10 MBit Full Duplex
100 MBit Half Duplex
100 MBit Full Duplex
Fixed (no negotiation)
Mbit HALF DUPLEX
10
Counters:
Total Rx Packets
= 2056422
Total Rx ERROR Packets = 0
Total Tx Packets
= 196164
Defer Xmission Count
=0
Carrier Lost Count
=0
Out Of Window Collissions = 0
Collisions Count
=0
Excess Collisions Count = 0
Transmit FIFO underrun = 0
Receive FIFO overrun
=0
Warning: changes become active immediately !!!

Save settings to file (only enable this after a test)
OK
Factory Defaults
Clear Counters

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E

HOME HELP
Logging
Current Log File
S14
Show Log file

Set Log Levels
TaskLog
Level
ERROR
NipOpImage
DCMPrintToPrintJob
ERROR
PrintJobHandler
ERROR
ColorConvertOpImage
ERROR
PAGE
ERROR
DCMIBCodec
ERROR
DrawableRI
ERROR
ComposeOpImage
ERROR
CropOpImage
ERROR
TiledImage
ERROR
CMM
ERROR
LPD
ERROR
BorderOpImage
ERROR
PrintQueueEditor
ERROR
JobQueue
ERROR
JobProvider
ERROR
NipOpImage2
ERROR
AuthenticationManager
ERROR
QueueFactory
ERROR
VolatileTiledImage
ERROR
PrintQueue_Management ERROR
XML
ERROR
TranslateOpImage
ERROR
PFE
ERROR
PSCodec
ERROR
FontRI
ERROR
MfxPrinterInfoHandler
ERROR
Raster
ERROR
OverlayOpImage
ERROR
CFG
ERROR
DCMPrintSCP-0
ERROR
FontCache
ERROR
NipOpImage implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.

DCMPrintToPrintJob converts Dicom Printjob into printqueue job
PrintJobHandler is listener for jobavailable events and converts the available jobs in a bitmap for printing.
ColorConvertOpImage implements the conversion from one ColorSpace to another
'Page' calculates the position of imageboxes in a page
ComposeOpImage implements the operation to Compose multiple source images into one image
CropOpImage creates a new image out of the region of interest of the source image.
TiledImage transfers images to/from disk
CMM (Color Management Module) converts image data from one colorspace to another and manages colorspace data
Line Printer Daemon : A group of hosts requests services from a LPD running on a host. The services provided by the process are related to printing jobs.
BorderOpImage implements the border operation (e.g. trim)
This is the UI component of the printqueue (browser & keypad)
Non Persistent Queue. (Version : 2.03)
JobProvider is a printqueue consumer that publishes available jobs to the subscribers.
implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
Secure Access Management: Authentication Manager for accessing URLs and keypad menus
Starts the requested (or available) queue. (Version : 2.01)
Version 1.03 : Monitors the printqueue. Arrange communication between printqueue and several protocols.
The Printer Front End receives printjobs from a network (DICOM LPD) or any proprietary interface (MFRI, VSI) and composes a printable bitmap to be printed by the Printer Back End.
PSCodec (de)codes postscript/pdf files
Mfx is an Agfa communication protocol to interchange printer status messages
OverlayOpImage implements the operation to put an overlay above the source image.
CFG handles configuration issues such as profiles, browser GUI, ...
Dicom Print Service Class Provider on port 104 for DS5300 application.Handles incoming Dicom association requests for print services and prepares internal print jobs for them V5300
Configure the Logger

NO
Log to Console
NO
Log to File
Max number of log directories to keep
Max number of log pages (files) per directory
Timestamp in date format
YES
Add timestamp to console loggings
NO
Logging to Plog logbox at level
Submit
Factory Defaults
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 6

Chapter 3.7 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Welcome to this
S15
HOME | SERVICE
Filminput Module
Pickup Module
Inputsensor
Module
Drumdrive Module
Coolingfan Module
EBox-fan Module
Camshaft Module
Output Module

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 9
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Service Command Webpages

Welcome to this
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
Operator tools
HOME
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
Prompt
Enter Password
mega
Key-operator tools
******
Specialist tools
OK
Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
Service - Main
1. Show settings
2. Change settings
3. Print image
4. Save configuration
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control
9. Installation
leave remote session
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Welcome to this
Service - Show settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
5. Installed datasets
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Service - Print Image

1. Test Image
2. From Printer Flash Card
2.1
2.2
3.1
2.3
Go back
2.4
Welcome to this
Service - Restore configuration

1. From CF-Card
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Service - Save configuration

1. To Printer Flash Card
2. To this Computer
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
Please wait while the printer is initializing

for Remote Session...
Welcome to this
Service - Change settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
Go back
Go back
3.1 7.1 8.1 9.1
Go back
refer to next page

5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 8
Welcome to this
Service - Service actions
1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
5. Logging
6. R.Measurement
Welcome to this
Service - Installation
Service - Quality Control

1. Quality Control
7.1
Welcome to this
8.1
Go back

2. Printer Installation Wizard
9.1
Go back
Go back

Chapter 3.7 / 10
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
2.2
2.1
Welcome to this
2.3
Welcome to this
2.4
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Normal
Film view
Back
Beep on empty tray 5 beeps


11x14"
Tag film type DT2B
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
Welcome to this
Service - Print image

1. LinCheck.zip
2. STI1.zip
3. STI2.zip
4. medical_image.zip
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this

Go back
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 9
Refer to section
"Difference Key-Operator and Service command session"
1. General
2. Modality XYZ
Go back
Go back
Welcome to this
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
9.1
Service - Change Image quality settings
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality
Welcome to this
Service - Change network settings (dicom)
3.1
Service - Change network settings (dicom)
If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning

Printing not possible

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Welcome to this
Software Upgrade
Printer AE-title
Hostname
Domain name
Printer IP-Address
Netmask
Router IP-address
LDAP server
Service host IP-address
Alert mailing
DS5300
ds5300
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
12.10.68.41
255.0.0.0
Look Up Table:
Printer
DS5300
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Interpolation:
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
off
on
Maximum density:
1. From CF-card
2. From this Computer
Go back
280
285
290
295
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Before install.
please make backup
Choose Dataset
Proceed
1. OK, make backup

2. SKIP backup
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values

on
Go back
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
8.1
Welcome to this
Service - Quality Control

Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
Comment:
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
Accept changes Go Back
New QC measuring Reset Values

2006-01-26
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.7 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS346.05E
Difference Key-Operator and Service Command Session

Service Menu
Key-Operator Menu
6
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Calibration
1. Film Calibration
2. Therm. Head clean
1. Film Calibration
Go back
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this

1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
Welcome to this

7.1
Go back
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this
Welcome to this

1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
5. Logging
6. R.Measurement

7.1
Go back
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item
Cycles to go Factory settings
4841
5000
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 24841
25000
62500
62500
500
5000
39841
40000
Service maintenance required
Maintenance Action
Cycles Factory
to go settings
3504
Current
settings
Y
N
Y
N
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 23504 25000
Y
25000 N
Y
N
62500
Y
N
Y
N
500
100
Y
N
Y
N
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
5000
62400 62500
5000
Go back
Service Maintenance required
Accept Changes
3.1
Active Reset Item
4855
Discard Changes
Reset Values
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 7
3.1
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Print image
Welcome to this
Service - Print image

1. LinCheck.zip
2. STI1.zip
3. STI2.zip
4. medical_image.zip
Go back
1. TG18-QC.zip
2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
5. tpa.zip
Go back

Chapter 3.7 / 12
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-01-26
Chapter 3.8
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Software Releases and Patches
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Purpose of this document

This document informs about the complete history of software releases and patches for
the printer.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
1.13
05-2007
compared to previous Revision 12:
Added information about software 2.1.0_C1. Details

see section 8.
Document
Title
Drystar 5300 Service

Bulletin No. 10,
DD+DIS058.07E
Software 2.1.0_C1 available to support new RoHS PCBs


eq_03-8_release-patch_e_template_v02
Copyright 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)

the equipment.
(2)
on the product.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 2
DD+DIS028.07E
Repair and Service

LIST OF CONTENTS
SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.81_C1 .............................................................................................5

1.1
Supported features ...................................................................................................................5
1.2
Limitations .................................................................................................................................5
1.3
Known Problems.......................................................................................................................6

2.1
New Features............................................................................................................................6
2.2
Solved Bugs ..............................................................................................................................6
2.3
Known Problems.......................................................................................................................7

3.1
New Features............................................................................................................................7
3.2
Solved Bugs ..............................................................................................................................8
3.3
Known Problems.......................................................................................................................8

4.1
SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.93_C1 ...........................................................................................10

5.1
Solved Bugs ..............................................................................................................................9
Solved Bug..............................................................................................................................10
SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.95_C1 ...........................................................................................11

6.1
New Features..........................................................................................................................11
6.2
Solved Bug..............................................................................................................................11
SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.0.0_C1 ..........................................................................................12

7.1
New Features for the Operator ...............................................................................................12
7.2
New Features concerning Service ..........................................................................................13
7.3
New Features concerning Connectivity ..................................................................................14
7.4
Improvements concerning Reliability ......................................................................................15
7.5
Improvements concerning Image Quality ...............................................................................16
7.6
Improvements concerning Printer Handling............................................................................17
7.7
Limitations ...............................................................................................................................17
7.8
Known Problems.....................................................................................................................17
05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 3
DD+DIS028.07E
Repair and Service

SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.1.0_C1 ..........................................................................................18

8.1
New Features..........................................................................................................................18
8.2
Improvements .........................................................................................................................18

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 4
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
Software Release 1.81_C1

Type of new Software
1st customer release
Release Date
04/2004
Printers SNs
not registered
Availability
MEDNET, GSO Library* (25 MB size)
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
1.1
On MEDNET always the latest free available basic release (and

software patch if available) can be downloaded.
A software patch for a certain basic release always contains all previous
software patches for this release.
Supported features
All features as specified in the FRS (Functional Requirement
Specifications), i.e.
Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a
resolution of 320dpi.
Printing on Drystar film material DT2B and DT2C.
Supporting film sizes 11"x14" and 14"x17" (only one film size can be
used at a time).
1.2
Limitations
The printer start-up time is currently 13 minutes.

User Interface screens are only available in English language.
The 'mobile kit' is not yet available.
Improvements for 'image hue' of both Blue & Clear Base film are
preferred.
At printer start-up its possible that Error messages show up. The
situation can be corrected by starting up once again.
Restore of back-up file is serial number dependent
Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher is usable as browser
application.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
1.3
Known Problems
It is possible to do an incorrect installation or restore in case no SW
file available on CF-card.
Domain-name entry (when exceeding >248 chars) causes failing
system-boots
SW installation via browser from local CF-card not supported
AE-title disappears from display (local keypad) after printing the first
sheet of a multi copy job
No back-up / restore of annotations

SW Update (SW Patch, 4,6 MB)
Release Date
05/2004
Printers SNs
not registered
Availability
MEDNET, GSO Library*
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
2.1

New Features
No new features are built in. For a list of features of Software Rel. 1.81
refer to section 1.1
2.2
Solved Bugs
Solved bug that wrong error messages show up at start-up. Examples:

'E211002 Motor M2 defect', 'Camdrive defect', 'Current to TH too
high', 'MOD02 Please replace module', 'MOD05 Please replace
module', 'MOD07 Please replace module'.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 6
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
2.3
Known Problems
See list of software release 1.80_C1 in section 1.2 and 1.3.

SW Upgrade (25 MB)
Release Date
11/2004
Printers SNs
2199 (plus 2180)
Availability
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
3.1

New Features
Support of additional user languages at the local display (user

messages and key-operator menu): Currently supported: English
(default), Chinese and Japanese. Other languages will follow (upload
via keypad).
Support of APIPA: Automatic Private IP Addressing is a new feature of
the Drystar 5300 and an already existing feature of Windows-based
operating systems (Windows 98, ME, 2000, and XP) that enables a
service PC to automatically assign itself an IP address.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
3.2
Solved Bugs
The fault "automatic film calibration at insertion of a new film package
does not work" is corrected.
More reliable RF-tag database due to increased CF card access speed
and synchronized writing to the CF card.
3.3
Known Problems
Helpfiles in the "Service Engineer Tools - Connectivity Tools" web
pages are not displayed
The refresh time on Key-Operator and Service Command browser
pages (e.g. Change general settings; Print Head Calibration) is only
2.5 minutes as in previous releases. For SW Rel. 1.90 the refresh time
was announced to be 5 minutes. Corrections are foreseen in release 2.

Release Date
01/2005
Printers SNs
2393 (plus 2397 and 2403)
Availability
Prerequisites
None
*Note:


05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 8
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
4.1
Solved Bugs
Error "E207010: - 12V out of tolerance on VILIS" in some cases was
falsely displayed after replacement of the power supply. This is
corrected now, as the tolerance has been redefined and enlarged.
Due to an error in the "memory buffer allocation calculation" algorithm it
sometimes happened that the printer replied to the modality with DICOM
Error 0120: missing attribute. The problem appeared at some KonicaMinolta modalities in page mode with pixel sizes 3880 x 3100 and 3880
x 3008. This is corrected now.
Logos (annotations) and the file portex.properties have been missing in
the backup file. Now all logos and the file portex.properties are part of a
backup.
The QC image for 11x14" film size was printed in landscape format
instead of portrait. This is corrected now.
The Helpfiles in the "Service Engineer Tools - Connectivity Tools" web
pages were not displayed. The missing files are added now.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 9
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E

Release Date
03/2005
Printers SNs
2630 (Konica 00185)
Availability
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
5.1

Solved Bug
Some printers showed sporadic banding lines in the first half of the image.
Fault frequency max. about 5 to 6 prints per film pack.
This fault was only visible in a flatfield and on clinical images with even,
bright areas of great extent, like e.g. DSA images. .
Now the movement of the pickup motor to its home position is changed this
way, that it cannot influence the filmrun anymore.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 10
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E

SW Update (SW Patch, 5 MB)
Release Date
01/2006
Printers SNs
Agfa 3927 (+ 3873, 3892, 3903, 3917, 3880,

3897, 3904, 3919, 3886, 3901, 3913, 3922,
3890, 3902, 3915)
Konica 00380 (+ 00368, 00371, 00378)
Availability
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
6.1

New Features
6.2
Language dataset "LNG_5300_R1.93C1" embedded

Improved patch version control: This checks, that only newer patches
can be installed on the printer.
Solved Bug
Sporadic error messages "MOD 05, Please replace module" (MOD 05

is the output module) or "New Error E211001, Camdrive defect".
The error logging indicated an overcurrent problem in different motors.
The error disappeared after a reset of the printer.
This error was caused by a wrong hardware signal on the Vilis CPU
when the motors are activated.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
Software Release 2.0.0_C1

SW Upgrade (26 MB)
Release Date
01/2006
Printers SNs
4105 (incl. 4098, 4102)

Availability
Spare Part Kit: CM+343357.0 or

ABC Code: ERA3Q
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
7.1

New Features for the Operator

Support of additional languages for user messages and keyoperator screens: Chinese simplified*, Czech*, Danish* , Dutch*,
English*, Estonian, Finnish*, French*, German*, Greek*, Hungarian,
Italian*, Japanese*, Korean*, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian*, Polish*,
Portuguese*, Russian*, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish*, Swedish*,
Turkish.
Note: The languages marked with an "*" were already available in the
Language dataset "LNG_5300_R1.93C1".
Browser interface for operator: Menu Operator Tools allows viewing
of print jobs currently in the print queue.
Username / Password: Operator / Operator.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 12
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
Backside printing recognition: The printer checks when the film

arrives at the CDM, whether a small rectangle in the center of the film,
at the very beginning of the printable area, has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must be
inserted wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side
printing, to check the correct positioning of the film and to remove the
film jam.
No film calibration for RF Tag overruled printing: In case the RF tag
is missing, it is possible to configure the printer in the Service Menu for
"printing with Dmax = 2.00" or "printing not possible". In case it is
configured for "printing with Dmax = 2.00" and the automatic film
calibration after n film packs (n = 1 to 99) is switched on, the automatic
calibration is disabled for a film pack with missing RF tag.
RF tag order-number tracking at auto film-calibration: The RF tag
contains the order-number of the film. When auto film-calibration is
enabled and set to n >1 film packs (I.e. between 2 and 99) there will
also be calibrated when the order-number changes.
Logical printers are shown in key-operator menu now: In keyoperator menu "Show settings - 5 Logical printers" it is displayed,
whether more than one logical printer is configured.
7.2
New Features concerning Service

Film info area on film adapted: The amount and format of the
displayed microtext data has changed (e.g. TMML info added).
Batch tools to adjust network parameters:

Via commands "setip <IP address>" and "setsubnetmask
<subnetmask>" it is possible to adapt the IP address and subnetmask
on terminal level. This allows to adapt the IP address of the printer right
after switch on.
Information in infocounter extended: The infocounter is extended

with info about Startup/Shutdown History (8.0 Startup/Shutdown
History). Now each CDM calibration is logged in the infocounter section
3.5 Calibration History.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 13
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
Infocounter "FilmType Change History" is emptied with SW

upgrade: Because of many wrong entires in the past, the "FilmType
Change History" is emptied with SW upgrade
Service Engineer Tool "Reset Calibration Data" added to the
browser pages: It is possible now to overwrite the film calibration and
CDM calibration files by default values.
Maintenance action "Replace film input pickup rollers" removed:
The previous message "M4" with meaning to replace the pickup rollers
is removed.
Automatic serial number entry after Emergency SW Installation: In
previous SW versions the serial number was lost, in case it was
selected not to preserve the configuration data. In this case the serial
number only could be get back again by restore of the backup.
Software for Regular and Emergency SW Installation can be stored
on the same CF card::
When the printer boots up with the SW CF card, the user will be asked
at the local keypad "Install Emergency SW yes / no". After cancelling it
is still possible to perform a regular SW upgrade via local keypad.
7.3
New Features concerning Connectivity
DICOM conformance level behavior implemented: Two printer

information levels can be defined via host profile:
0 (default) = No warnings are returned. Only 'Failure' status codes are
activate. This means, that the printer either returns 'normal' or 'failure'
(e.g. if printer is offline or film magazine is empty) to the modality.
1 = Warnings are returned. Refer to DICOM conformance status of the
Drystar 5300 and the host system. If the host system does not support
'status level' 1, set this parameter to default (= 0).
Number of OEM LUTs extended: All LUTs named between

oem901.txt till oem999.txt which are available in directory C:\oemlut are
displayed in the drop down list in the host profile. Before only one
"handmade" OEM LUT named oem999.txt could be used.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 14
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
7.4
Host profile Parameter 'LR-Like printing' introduced: While

comparing images processed with the new thermal model and images
printed with the LR5200 it showed, that the images of the LR still looked
slightly different, despite the sharpness was comparable.
Investigations of the linearity of the Laser Imager showed, that the
LR5200 does not behave exactly as linear as a Drystar does:
To get at Drystars with the new thermal model the same image
impression as on the LR5200, an additional LUT has to be applied, to
get the same "Non-linearity" as the Laser Imager. This LUT is applied
before the specified taste LUT (Kanamori, Kanamori_like etc.) is
applied.
Default: off. Possible settings: Off, low, medium. high.
Recommended setting to get the same image impression like on LR:
low.
Host profile Parameter 'Print even if application type not

supported' introduced: This parameter defines, whether a print job
should be printed, even if no Mammo film is available. Default: No.
This parameter prevents that a Mammo modality sends images to the
printer, which only has CR/DR films loaded.
Last received dicom attribute in host profile shown: In the DICOM

hostprofile editor there is a button to view the last received attributes
from a configured modality. In previous SW versions it showed the last
used attributes instead of the last received attributes.
Disabled input tray is reported to host modality: A tray is disabled

when there is a electrical defect detected in the tray or when there is no
RF tag in the tray. A disabled tray is not set available for print-jobs now.
Improvements concerning Reliability
Improved RF-tag header reading: Added a new retry mechanism in

the RF tag reader. This results in less failures on reading RF tags
Support of ISO RF tags: The printer is able now to read the tags via
I*code2 (ISO15693) compatible protocols.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 15
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
7.5
Improvements concerning Image Quality
Improved image sharpness due to a new Thermal Model:

The thermal model is a mathematical description of the interaction Film
TH. The thermal model uses parameters like film thickness, thermal
conductivity of the film, TH temperature; environmental temperature,
print speed and resolution of the print head.
The new thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name
of the product marketing published it under 'A # Sharp') describes
this interaction more accurate, leading to a very precise reproduction of
the image. It does not use new parameters for calculating.
The image looks much sharper now, and has the image quality of a
Laser Imager. For more info refer to the HealthCare Newsletter
"Innovation at work: A#sharp" vailable on MEDNET, HealthCare
Library.
Left/right shift print algorithm introduced:

At this position, where the TH has to print always Dmax, i.e. at the left
and right image border, the TH looses its characteristic relatively fast,
which is determined by the Micro profile calibration in production.
As a consequence, the TH produces after many prints with the same
film layout (e.g. 20/0) small print stripes at this position, where the black
borders around the single image is located (only in print direction).
To prevent, that the TH has to print the black border always at the same
position, a left/right shift algorithm is built in.
For each film pack the complete image information is shifted slightly:
o pack 1 has 0 mm shift
o pack 2 has +0.5mm shift
o pack 4 has -0.5mm shift
o and so on
The clear left and right borders are influenced by this shift mechanism
but they are within specification.

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
7.6
Improvements concerning Printer Handling
Job recovery improved: A print job is recovered in following cases

after it has been stored in RAM:
o unauthorized opening of the tray
o unauthorized opening of the printer's top cover
o film jam during printing
Before recovered print jobs were printed in order "Last received - first
printed". Now they are printed in order "First received First printed".
7.7
Limitations
7.8
Internal memory (Compact Flash) 128 Mb required (128 MB =

default)
RAM 512 Mb required (512 MB = default; Optional 1 GB)
Only one module/spare part replacement per start-up allowed
Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher is usable as remote
browser application;
Proxy server settings have to be disabled when using the remote
browser application (Tools - internet options - tab connections
button LAN settings)
Known Problems
Some eLabels can get corrupt when disconnecting the P1-connector

before or during the start-up procedure, HW redesign of powerconnector is needed for solving this problem.
Back-up dataset made by 2.0.0 release are not compatible with 1.9.0
and 1.8.0 release
Back-up dataset made by 1.9.0 or 1.8.0 release are not compatible
with 2.0.0 release

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 17
Repair and Service

DD+DIS028.07E
Software Release 2.1.0_C1

SW Upgrade (57 MB)
Release Date
04/2007
Printers SNs
5274
Availability
Prerequisites
None
*Note:
8.1

New Features
support of RoHS conform PCBs. See also Service Bulletin No. 10,
Drystar 5300, DD+DIS058.07E:
8.2
Improvements
Latest language dataset has been embedded

(2.0.0 AGFA LNG dataset)
No system failure message anymore on the local display during

software upgrade
Configured language on the local keypad is persistent after reboot

05-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 3.8 / 18
Chapter 3.9
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5364 / 100/300
Please note
The Chapter FAQ, Edition 1, Revision 0, has been replaced by the separately
available Troubleshooting Guide, DD+DIS153.08E
Please download the Troubleshooting Guide from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Imagers Drystar 5300 Trouble shooting guide

08/2008 printed in Germany

eq_03-9_faq_e_template_v05
DD+DIS008.04E
Repair and Service

FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions

08/2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 3.9 / 2
DD+DIS212.04E
Reference and Overall Circuit Diagrams
List of Contents
1
Reference Diagrams ..................................................................2
1.1
Components Location ............................................................................... 2
1.2
Components Purpose and Reference to Circuit Diagram .................... 10
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
Sensors ..................................................................................................................10
Motors ....................................................................................................................10
Fans .......................................................................................................................10
Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs)................................................................................11
E-labels ..................................................................................................................11
Plugs and Connectors ............................................................................................12
Modules..................................................................................................................13
General Circuit Diagrams

General Circuit Diagram (Diagram 1/1)
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 1
DD+DIS212.04E
Reference Diagrams
1.1
Components Location
Component
Name
CDM
Contactless Densitometer PCB
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 2
MOD08
Power Supply Module
Figure 3
P6 (OSB)
Plug P5 at OSB
Figure 3
Densitometer LED PCB
Figure 2
MOD09
Display Module
Figure 4
P8 (Vilis)
Plug P8 at Vilis
Figure 1
E1
eLabel Drum drive
Figure 3
MOD10
Figure 4
P9 (Vilis)
Plug P9 at Vilis
Figure 1
E2
eLabel Drum module
Figure 2
MOD11
Figure 2
RF
RFID-tag reader
Figure 1
E3
eLabel Power Supply
Figure 3 & Figure 2
MOD12
TPH filter Module
Figure 2
S1
Empty tray detection
Figure 1
E4
eLabel TPH module
Figure 3
MOD20
Figure 2
S10
Densitometer home position
Figure 2
E5
eLabel Vilis
Figure 1
MOD21
OSB PCB Module
Figure 2
S11
Pickup home position
Figure 1
E6
eLabel Display Module
Figure 4
OSB1
OSB1 PCB
Figure 3
S12
TPH heat sensor
Figure 3
E7
eLabel Input Block
Figure 1
P1 (Display)
Plug P1 at Display
Figure 4
S13
Second input sensor TPH
Figure 4
E8
eLabel Output rollers
Figure 2
P1 (OSB)
Plug P1 at OSB
Figure 3
S2
Input Block Module position detection
Figure 1
E9
eLabel Pickup module
Figure 1
P1 (PSU)
Plug P1 at Power Supply
Figure 1
S3
Input tray closed detection
Figure 1
F1
CPU fan
Figure 2
P1 (TH)
Plug P1 at Thermal Head
Figure 4
S4
First input sensor TPH
Figure 4
F2
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
P1 (Vilis)
Plug P1 at Vilis
Figure 1
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 2
KEY6
KEY6 PCB
Figure 4
P11 (Vilis)
Plug P11 at Vilis
Figure 1
S6
Output rollers home position
Figure 2
M1
Drum motor
Figure 3
P14 (Vilis)
Plug P14 at Vilis
Figure 1
S7
TPH home position
Figure 2
M2
Camshaft drive motor
Figure 2
P15 (Vilis)
Plug P15 at Vilis
Figure 1
S8
Safety switch top cover closed

detection
Figure 1
M3
Pickup motor
Figure 1
P2 (Display)
Plug P2 at Display
Figure 4
S9
Print drum drive
Figure 3
M4
Output rollers motor
Figure 2
P2 (OSB)
Plug P2 at OSB
Figure 3
TH
Thermal Head
Figure 3
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 2
P2 (PSU)
Figure 1
THEMIS
Themis PCB
Figure 1
MOD01
Input Block Module
Figure 1
P2 (TH)
Figure 4
VILIS
Vilis PCB
Figure 1
MOD02
Pickup Module
Figure 1
P20 (Vilis)
Plug P20 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS1
Connector XS1
Figure 1
MOD03
Print Drum Module
Figure 2
P21 (Vilis)
Plug P21 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS2
Connector XS2
Figure 1
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
Figure 3
P3 (OSB)
Plug P3 at OSB
Figure 3
XS3
Connector XS3
Figure 1
MOD05
Output Module
Figure 2
P3 (PSU)
Figure 1
XS5
Connector XS5
Figure 4
MOD06
Drum drive module
Figure 3
P3 (TH)
Figure 4
XS6
Connector XS6
Figure 4
MOD07
Vilis/Themis/RAM module
Figure 1
P4 (OSB)
Plug P4 at OSB
Figure 3
XS7
Connector XS7
Figure 1
Section 4 / 2
Refer to
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Edition 1, Revison 2
DD+DIS212.04E
S11
Pickup module
Mod #02
eLabel #9
XS2
TPH Cooling fan (F2)

Mod #12
XS3
M3
S8
Mod #07
P20
P21
P14
S1
XS1
P8
Vilis
Themis
S2
RAM
eLabel #7
RFID-TAG
Reader
eLabel #5
S3
Input block module

Mod #01
P1
XS7
P9
P11
P1
P2
P15
P3
53650401.CDR
Figure 1
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 3
DD+DIS212.04E
Component
Name
CDM
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 2
MOD08
Power Supply Module
Figure 3
P6 (OSB)
Plug P5 at OSB
Figure 3
Figure 2
MOD09
Display Module
Figure 4
P8 (Vilis)
Plug P8 at Vilis
Figure 1
E1
eLabel Drum drive
Figure 3
MOD10
Figure 4
P9 (Vilis)
Plug P9 at Vilis
Figure 1
E2
eLabel Drum module
Figure 2
MOD11
Figure 2
RF
RFID-tag reader
Figure 1
E3
eLabel Power Supply
Figure 3 & Figure 2
MOD12
TPH filter Module
Figure 2
S1
Figure 1
E4
eLabel TPH module
Figure 3
MOD20
Figure 2
S10
Figure 2
E5
eLabel Vilis
Figure 1
MOD21
OSB PCB Bodule
Figure 2
S11
Figure 1
E6
Figure 4
OSB1
OSB1 PCB
Figure 3
S12
TPH heat sensor
Figure 3
E7
eLabel Input Block
Figure 1
P1 (Display)
Plug P1 at Display
Figure 4
S13
Figure 4
E8
Figure 2
P1 (OSB)
Plug P1 at OSB
Figure 3
S2
Figure 1
E9
Figure 1
P1 (PSU)
Figure 1
S3
Figure 1
F1
CPU fan
Figure 2
P1 (TH)
Figure 4
S4
Figure 4
F2
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
P1 (Vilis)
Plug P1 at Vilis
Figure 1
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 2
KEY6
KEY6 PCB
Figure 4
P11 (Vilis)
Plug P11 at Vilis
Figure 1
S6
Figure 2
M1
Drum motor
Figure 3
P14 (Vilis)
Plug P14 at Vilis
Figure 1
S7
TPH home position
Figure 2
M2
Figure 2
P15 (Vilis)
Plug P15 at Vilis
Figure 1
S8

detection
Figure 1
M3
Pickup motor
Figure 1
P2 (Display)
Plug P2 at Display
Figure 4
S9
Print drum drive
Figure 3
M4
Figure 2
P2 (OSB)
Plug P2 at OSB
Figure 3
TH
Thermal Head
Figure 3
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 2
P2 (PSU)
Figure 1
THEMIS
Themis PCB
Figure 1
MOD01
Input Block Module
Figure 1
P2 (TH)
Figure 4
VILIS
Vilis PCB
Figure 1
MOD02
Pickup Module
Figure 1
P20 (Vilis)
Plug P20 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS1
Connector XS1
Figure 1
MOD03
Print Drum Module
Figure 2
P21 (Vilis)
Plug P21 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS2
Connector XS2
Figure 1
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
Figure 3
P3 (OSB)
Plug P3 at OSB
Figure 3
XS3
Connector XS3
Figure 1
MOD05
Output Module
Figure 2
P3 (PSU)
Figure 1
XS5
Connector XS5
Figure 4
MOD06
Drum drive module
Figure 3
P3 (TH)
Figure 4
XS6
Connector XS6
Figure 4
MOD07
Figure 1
P4 (OSB)
Plug P4 at OSB
Figure 3
XS7
Connector XS7
Figure 1
Section 4 / 4
Refer to
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS212.04E
M4
S5
cdmLED
Output module
Mod #05
S6
TPH Filter module

Mod #20
M2
eLabel #8
M5
S10
CDM
Cam shaft drive module

Mod #11
S7
Print Drum Module

Mod #03
F1
eLabel #2
eLabel #3
Vilis cooling fan

53650402.CDR
Figure 2
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 5
DD+DIS212.04E
Component
Name
CDM
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 2
MOD08
Power Supply Module
Figure 3
P6 (OSB)
Plug P5 at OSB
Figure 3
Figure 2
MOD09
Display Module
Figure 4
P8 (Vilis)
Plug P8 at Vilis
Figure 1
E1
eLabel Drum drive
Figure 3
MOD10
Figure 4
P9 (Vilis)
Plug P9 at Vilis
Figure 1
E2
eLabel Drum module
Figure 2
MOD11
Figure 2
RF
RFID-tag reader
Figure 1
E3
eLabel Power Supply
Figure 3 & Figure 2
MOD12
TPH filter Module
Figure 2
S1
Figure 1
E4
eLabel TPH module
Figure 3
MOD20
Figure 2
S10
Figure 2
E5
eLabel Vilis
Figure 1
MOD21
OSB PCB Module
Figure 2
S11
Figure 1
E6
Figure 4
OSB1
OSB1 PCB
Figure 3
S12
TPH heat sensor
Figure 3
E7
eLabel Input Block
Figure 1
P1 (Display)
Plug P1 at Display
Figure 4
S13
Figure 4
E8
Figure 2
P1 (OSB)
Plug P1 at OSB
Figure 3
S2
Figure 1
E9
Figure 1
P1 (PSU)
Figure 1
S3
Figure 1
F1
CPU fan
Figure 2
P1 (TH)
Figure 4
S4
Figure 4
F2
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
P1 (Vilis)
Plug P1 at Vilis
Figure 1
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 2
KEY6
KEY6 PCB
Figure 4
P11 (Vilis)
Plug P11 at Vilis
Figure 1
S6
Figure 2
M1
Drum motor
Figure 3
P14 (Vilis)
Plug P14 at Vilis
Figure 1
S7
TPH home position
Figure 2
M2
Figure 2
P15 (Vilis)
Plug P15 at Vilis
Figure 1
S8

detection
Figure 1
M3
Pickup motor
Figure 1
P2 (Display)
Plug P2 at Display
Figure 4
S9
Print drum drive
Figure 3
M4
Figure 2
P2 (OSB)
Plug P2 at OSB
Figure 3
TH
Thermal Head
Figure 3
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 2
P2 (PSU)
Figure 1
THEMIS
Themis PCB
Figure 1
MOD01
Input Block Module
Figure 1
P2 (TH)
Figure 4
VILIS
Vilis PCB
Figure 1
MOD02
Pickup Module
Figure 1
P20 (Vilis)
Plug P20 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS1
Connector XS1
Figure 1
MOD03
Print Drum Module
Figure 2
P21 (Vilis)
Plug P21 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS2
Connector XS2
Figure 1
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
Figure 3
P3 (OSB)
Plug P3 at OSB
Figure 3
XS3
Connector XS3
Figure 1
MOD05
Output Module
Figure 2
P3 (PSU)
Figure 1
XS5
Connector XS5
Figure 4
MOD06
Drum drive module
Figure 3
P3 (TH)
Figure 4
XS6
Connector XS6
Figure 4
MOD07
Figure 1
P4 (OSB)
Plug P4 at OSB
Figure 3
XS7
Connector XS7
Figure 1
Section 4 / 6
Refer to
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS212.04E
S12
P1
P6
P3
P2
Thermal head module

Mod #04
eLabel #4
P4
OSB module
Mod #21
M1
S9
Power module
Mod #08
eLabel #1
eLabel #3
Drum drive module

Mod #06
53650403.CDR
Figure 3
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 7
DD+DIS212.04E
Component
Name
CDM
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 2
MOD08
Power Supply Module
Figure 3
P6 (OSB)
Plug P5 at OSB
Figure 3
Figure 2
MOD09
Display Module
Figure 4
P8 (Vilis)
Plug P8 at Vilis
Figure 1
E1
eLabel Drum drive
Figure 3
MOD10
Figure 4
P9 (Vilis)
Plug P9 at Vilis
Figure 1
E2
eLabel Drum module
Figure 2
MOD11
Figure 2
RF
RFID-tag reader
Figure 1
E3
eLabel Power Supply
Figure 3 & Figure 2
MOD12
TPH filter Module
Figure 2
S1
Figure 1
E4
eLabel TPH module
Figure 3
MOD20
Figure 2
S10
Figure 2
E5
eLabel Vilis
Figure 1
MOD21
OSB PCB Module
Figure 2
S11
Figure 1
E6
Figure 4
OSB1
OSB1 PCB
Figure 3
S12
TPH heat sensor
Figure 3
E7
eLabel Input Block
Figure 1
P1 (Display)
Plug P1 at Display
Figure 4
S13
Figure 4
E8
Figure 2
P1 (OSB)
Plug P1 at OSB
Figure 3
S2
Figure 1
E9
Figure 1
P1 (PSU)
Figure 1
S3
Figure 1
F1
CPU fan
Figure 2
P1 (TH)
Figure 4
S4
Figure 4
F2
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
P1 (Vilis)
Plug P1 at Vilis
Figure 1
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 2
KEY6
KEY6 PCB
Figure 4
P11 (Vilis)
Plug P11 at Vilis
Figure 1
S6
Figure 2
M1
Drum motor
Figure 3
P14 (Vilis)
Plug P14 at Vilis
Figure 1
S7
TPH home position
Figure 2
M2
Figure 2
P15 (Vilis)
Plug P15 at Vilis
Figure 1
S8

detection
Figure 1
M3
Pickup motor
Figure 1
P2 (Display)
Plug P2 at Display
Figure 4
S9
Print drum drive
Figure 3
M4
Figure 2
P2 (OSB)
Plug P2 at OSB
Figure 3
TH
Thermal Head
Figure 3
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 2
P2 (PSU)
Figure 1
THEMIS
Themis PCB
Figure 1
MOD01
Input Block Module
Figure 1
P2 (TH)
Figure 4
VILIS
Vilis PCB
Figure 1
MOD02
Pickup Module
Figure 1
P20 (Vilis)
Plug P20 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS1
Connector XS1
Figure 1
MOD03
Print Drum Module
Figure 2
P21 (Vilis)
Plug P21 at Vilis
Figure 1
XS2
Connector XS2
Figure 1
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
Figure 3
P3 (OSB)
Plug P3 at OSB
Figure 3
XS3
Connector XS3
Figure 1
MOD05
Output Module
Figure 2
P3 (PSU)
Figure 1
XS5
Connector XS5
Figure 4
MOD06
Drum drive module
Figure 3
P3 (TH)
Figure 4
XS6
Connector XS6
Figure 4
MOD07
Figure 1
P4 (OSB)
Plug P4 at OSB
Figure 3
XS7
Connector XS7
Figure 1
Section 4 / 8
Refer to
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS212.04E
Thermal head module

Mod #04
Input Sensors
Mod #10
S4
S13
XS6
P2
P3
P1
P2
eLabel #6
Display Module
Mod #09
P1
XS5
53650404.CDR
Figure 4
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 9
DD+DIS212.04E
1.2
Components Purpose and Reference to Circuit Diagram
1.2.1
Sensors
Component
Position in Circuit Diagram
Name
Purpose / Comment
Part of module
S1
B11
Detects if input tray is empty.
MOD01
Input Block Module
S2
A13
Detects the position of the Input block module (14*17" or 11*14").
MOD01
Input Block Module
S3
C11
Detects if input tray is closed.
MOD01
Input Block Module
S4
N20
Detects if a film is at the first TPH sensor position.
MOD10
S5
B3
Output sensor TPH
Detects if a film is at the Output sensor position
MOD05
Output Module
S6
B1
Detects home position of the Output rollers.
MOD05
Output Module
S7
E20
TPH home position
Detects home position of the TPH.
MOD11
Cam Shaft Drive Module
S8
I20
Safety switch top cover closed detection
Detects if top cover is closed.
Not part of a module. Mounted at the frame.
S9
G1
Print drum drive
Detects if the print drum drive is moving.
MOD06
Drum Drive Module
S10
C1
Detects home position of the Densitometer.
MOD05
Output Module
S11
B17
Detects home position of the Pickup module.
MOD02
Pickup Module
S12
H7
TPH heat sensor
Detects TPH overheating.
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
S13
N22
Detects if a film is at the second TPH sensor position.
MOD10
Name
Purpose/Comment
Part of module
Drum motor
Drives the Drum assy.
MOD06
Drum Drive Module
1.2.2
Motors
Component
M1
I1
M2
E22
Drives the Camshaft.
MOD11
M3
B20
Pickup motor
Drives the Pickup module.
MOD02
Pickup Module
M4
E1
Drives the Output rollers module.
MOD05
Output Module
M5
D3
CDM Motor
Turns the contactless densitometer CDM
MOD05
Output Module
Name
Purpose/Comment
Part of module
1.2.3
Fans
Component
F1
L21
CPU fan
Cools CPU compartment down.
Not part of a module. Mounted at the frame.
F2
J21
Thermal Head fan
Cools Thermal print head down.
MOD12
Section 4 / 10
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
TPH cooling Fan
DD+DIS212.04E
1.2.4
Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs)
Component
Name
Purpose/Comment
Part of module
VILIS
O11
Vilis PCB
CPU, I/O & TPH control
MOD07
Vilis/Themis/RAM modul
THEMIS
K14
Themis PCB
Back end CPU
MOD07
Vilis/Themis/RAM modul
OSB1
J5
OSB1 PCB
Interface board for TPH
MOD21
OSB PCB
KEY6
J8
KEY6 PCB
Keypad and display functions
MOD09
Display Module
CDM
D4
Densitometer
MOD05
Output Module
cdmLED
C4
Densitometer LEDs
MOD05
Output Module
RF
B14
RFID-tag reader
Film Identification Tag Reader (part of Input block module)
MOD01
Input Block Module
TH
G5
Thermal Head
Transfers the image information to the film by heating up the film
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
Name
Purpose/Comment
Part of module
1.2.5
E-labels
Component
E1
J1
eLabel bus 0 #2
Keeps info about Drum drive module
MOD06
Drum drive module
E2
G20
eLabel bus 0 #3
Keeps info about Print Drum module
MOD03
Print Drum Module
E3
K1
eLabel bus 0 #4
Keeps info about Power Supply module
MOD08
Power Supply Module
E4
G8
eLabel bus 0 #5
Keeps info about TPH module
MOD04
Thermal Head Module
E5
Not displayed (fixed soldered on

the Vilis PCB)
eLabel bus 1 #0
Keeps info about Vilis/Themis/RAM Module
MOD07
Vilis/Themis/RAM Module
E6
Not displayed (fixed soldered on

the Key PCB)
eLabel bus 1 #1
Keeps info about Display Module
MOD09
Display Module
E7
C13
eLabel bus 1 #2
Keeps info about Input Block module
MOD01
Input Block Module
E8
B5
eLabel bus 1 #3
Keeps info about Output module
MOD05
Output Module
E9
C18
eLabel bus 1 #4
Keeps info about Pickup module
MOD02
Pickup Module
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 11
DD+DIS212.04E
1.2.6
Plugs and Connectors
Component
Name
Comment
XS1
B10
Connector XS1
Connection between XS7 and MOD01 (Input Block Module)
XS2
B7
Connector XS2
Connection between MOD05 (Output Module) and MOD07 (Vilis/Themis/RAM Module)
XS3
E7
Connector XS3
Connection between MOD05 (Output Module) and MOD07 (Vilis/Themis/RAM Module)
XS5
M19
Connector XS5
Connection between MOD10 (Input Sensors Module) and MOD07 (Vilis/Themis/RAM Module)
XS6
I7
Connector XS6
Connection between OSB PCB and blemish heater of MOD04 (Thermal Head Module)
XS7
C8
Connector XS7
Connection between XS1 at MOD01 (Input Block Module) and MOD07 (Vilis/Themis/RAM Module)
P1 (PSU)
N6
Plug P1 at power supply
--
P2 (PSU)
L6
--
P3 (PSU)
K4
--
P1 (TH)
G6
--
P2 (TH)
G5
--
P3 (TH)
G4
--
P1 (OSB)
I3
Plug P1 at OSB PCB
--
P2 (OSB)
J4
Plug P2 at OSB PCB
--
P3 (OSB)
J4
Plug P3 at OSB PCB
--
P4 (OSB)
I4
Plug P4 at OSB PCB
--
P6 (OSB)
I5
Plug P6 at OSB PCB
--
P1 (Display)
J9
Plug P1 at Key6 PCB
--
P2 (Display)
K8
Plug P2 at Key6 PCB
--
P1 (Vilis)
J18
Plug P1 at Vilis PCB
--
P8 (Vilis)
J10
--
P9 (Vilis)
H10
--
P11 (Vilis)
N10
--
P14 (Vilis)
I10
--
P15 (Vilis)
L10
--
P20 (Vilis)
E12
--
P21 (Vilis)
E16
--
Section 4 / 12
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS212.04E
1.2.7
Modules
Component
Name
Purpose
MOD01
A13
Input Block Module
Reads the RF tag of the film package. Detects empty film. Detects closed input tray.
MOD02
A19
Pickup Module
Picks up the film and transports it towards the drum.
MOD03
Not displayed (no electrical part)
Print Drum Module
Transports the film during printing.
MOD04
F4
Thermal Head Module
Heats up the film with 4480 resistors
MOD05
A2
Output Module
Transports the film out of the printer after printing. Keeps the CDM (Contactless densitometer Module)
MOD06
G1
Drum drive module
Drives the print drum
MOD07
O11
CPU of the printer. Drives all motors; reads out all sensors.
MOD08
P3
Power Supply Module
Supplies all voltages for the printer
MOD09
J8
Display Module
User interface with LCD display and keypad
MOD10
O21
Checks film run between pickup module and thermal head
MOD11
D21
Produces the correct pressure during printing
MOD12
L21
Cools Thermal print head down.
MOD20
Not displayed (no electrical part)
TPH filter Module
Keeps a dust filter. Mounted before TPH filter module.
MOD21
J5
OSB PCB Bodule
Interface board for TPH
Drystar 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 4 / 13
NAGEZIEN
Braamzijde
LT
MATERIAAL
.
General Circuit Diagram
Section 4, Part 2
Diagram 1/1
Maten zonder tolerantie
Benaming:
-
WIRING DIAGRAM
Uitvoering volgens lastenboek
ECO
99-11-03
Drystar
5300 LT
99-06-09
99-04-26
LT
98-11-26
LT
VR
DATUM
NM
D1006851.4.0
Tekening
nummer:
LT
Artikel
nummer:
Type 5364/100
Agfa-Gevaert N.V.
R & O Apparatuur MORTSEL.
STRICTLY PRIVATE
Created:
Project
5363
Blad:

1994.12.13
1/1
Spare Parts List

Document No: DD+DIS314.05M
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
536
00
_01
_tit
el.c
dr
Internal update: 5
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.

Copyright 2007 Agfa HealthCare
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair
or maintenance task on the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions"
and on the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the
procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com
NOTE:
For Recycling Information please refer to:
http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 2
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
1.8
Release
Date
06-2007
Changes compared to previous version 1.7

Spare Parts List completely revised
RoHS compliant Spare Parts added and marked

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 3
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Contents
LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
POWER UNIT
MODULE DE PUISSANCE
PAGES 12 - 15
VERKLEIDUNG
COVERS
REVETEMENT
PAGES 06 - 10
ANTRIEB
DRIVE
ENTRAINEMENT
PAGES 08 - 11
Drystar 5300 printers with SN>10.000 are RoHS compliant.

For those printers only use RoHS compliant Spare Parts.
For Drystar 5300 printers with SN<10.000
Non-RoHs conformed Spare Parts can be used till end of stock
as well as RoHS compliant Spare Parts.
5365_0100_inhalt.cdr

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 4
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
How to navigate the spare parts list online

(1)
(2)
Open Bookmarks
(3)
(4)
See overview of the modules
(5)
Appropriate page opens
Click on "CONTENTS"
Click on requested module

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 5
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
04*
02*
06*
05*
01
(MOD09)
03*
07*

5365_0100_8001.cdr
COVERS
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 6
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3433363
TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL - BIS FN9.999

KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433740
TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS)

KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS)
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS)
CM+3433431
VERKLEIDUNG LINKS (ROHS)

LEFT COVER (ROHS)
CAPOT GAUCHE (ROHS)
CM+3433430
VERKLEIDUNG LINKS - BIS FN9.999

LEFT COVER - UP TO SN9.999
CAPOT GAUCHE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433440
VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS - BIS FN9.999

PANELING RHS - UP TO SN9.999
CAPOT DROITE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433441
VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS (ROHS)

PANELING RHS (ROHS)
CAPOT DROITE (ROHS)
CM+3433450
ABDECKUNG OBEN - BIS FN9.999

COVER TOP - UP TO SN9.999
COUVERCLE EN HAUT - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433451
ABDECKUNG OBEN (ROHS)

COVER TOP (ROHS)
COUVERCLE EN HAUT (ROHS)
CM+3433460
VORDERE ABDECKUNG - BIS FN9.999

FRONT COVER - UP TO SN9.999
COUVERCLE AVANT - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433461
VORDERE ABDECKUNG (ROHS)

FRONT COVER (ROHS)
COUVERCLE AVANT (ROHS)
CM+3433471
ABDECKUNG FILMAUSGABE - BIS FN9.999

OUTPUT TRAY COVER - UP TO SN9.999
COUVERCLE RECEPTACLE FILM - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433472
ABDECKUNG FILMAUSGABE (ROHS)

OUTPUT TRAY COVER (ROHS)
COUVERCLE RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)
CM+3433483
FILMEINGABE (ROHS)
INPUT TRAY (ROHS)
BAC FILM (ROHS)
CM+3433482
FILMEINGABE - BIS FN9.999

INPUT TRAY - UP TO SN9.999
BAC FILM - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.
COVERS
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 7
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
13
05
(MOD04)
11
10
(MOD20)
04
(MOD03)
06
(MOD06)
01
(MOD05)
07
(MOD12)
09
(MOD10)
02
(MOD02)
08
(MOD11)
12*

03
(MOD01)

5365_0100_8002.cdr
DRIVE
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 8
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3433730
AUSGABEMODUL (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 BENTIGT

OUTPUT MODULE (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 REQUIRED
MODULE DE SORTIE (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 2.1.0_C1
CM+3433303
AUSGABEMODUL - BIS FN9.999

OUTPUT MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE DE SORTIE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433312
AUFNAHMEMODUL (ROHS)
PICK UP MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE DE RECEPTION (ROHS)
CM+3433311
AUFNAHMEMODUL - BIS FN9.999

PICK UP MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE DE RECEPTION - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433320
EINGABEMODUL - BIS FN9.999

INPUT BLOCK MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE D'ENTRE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433321
EINGABEMODUL (ROHS)
INPUT BLOCK MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE D'ENTRE (ROHS)
CM+3433330
DRUCKWALZE - BIS FN9.999

PRINT DRUM MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
ROULEAU D'IMPRESSION - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433331
DRUCKWALZE (ROHS)
PRINT DRUM MODULE (ROHS)
ROULEAU D'IMPRESSION (ROHS)
CM+3492641
THERMODRUCKKOPF DS530X - BIS FN9.999

THERMAL HEAD DS530X - UP TO SN9.999
TETE THERMIQUE DS530X - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492642
THERMODRUCKKOPF DS530X
THERMAL HEAD DS530X
TETE THERMIQUE DS530X
CM+3433380
WALZENANTRIEBSMODUL - BIS FN9.999

DRUM DRIVE MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE D'ENTRAINEMENT DU CYLINDRE
CM+3433381
WALZENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS)
DRUM DRIVE MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE D'ENTRAINEMENT DU CYLINDRE (ROHS)
CM+3433390
TPH KHLGEBLSE - BIS FN9.999

TPH COOLING FAN - UP TO SN9.999
VENTILATEUR THP - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433391
TPH KHLGEBLSE (ROHS)

TPH COOLING FAN (ROHS)
VENTILATEUR THP (ROHS)
CM+3433413
MODUL 'CAM SHAFT DRIVE' (ROHS)

CAM SHAFT DRIVE MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE D'ENTRAINENMENT (ROHS)
CM+3433412
MODUL 'CAM SHAFT DRIVE' - BIS FN9.999

CAM SHAFT DRIVE MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE D'ENTRAINENMENT - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433421
MODUL 'INPUT SENSOR' (ROHS)

INPUT SENSORS MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE CAPTEURS D'ENTREE (ROHS)
CM+3433420
MODUL 'INPUT SENSOR' - BIS FN9.999

INPUT SENSOR MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE CAPTEURS D'ENTREE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
10
CM+3433500
MODUL 'TPH FILTER' - BIS FN9.999

TPH FILTER MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE FILTRE TPH - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
- JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
DRIVE
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 9
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
13
05
(MOD04)
11
10
(MOD20)
04
(MOD03)
06
(MOD06)
01
(MOD05)
07
(MOD12)
09
(MOD10)
02
(MOD02)
08
(MOD11)
12*

03
(MOD01)

5365_0100_8002.cdr
DRIVE
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 10
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
10
CM+3433501
MODUL 'TPH FILTER' (ROHS)

TPH FILTER MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE FILTRE TPH (ROHS)
11
CM+3433520
HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN - BIS FN9.999

MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT - UP TO SN9.999
ROUE D'ENTRAINEMENT &COURROIES D'ENTRAINEMENT DU TAMBOUR
11
CM+3433521
HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN (ROHS)

MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT (ROHS)
ROUE D'ENTRAINEMENT &COURROIES D'ENTRAINEMENT DU TAMBOUR (ROHS)
12
CM+3433510
KABEL FR BLOCKMODUL - BIS FN9.999

EXTENSION CABLE BLOCK MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
CBLE RALLONGE POUR MODULE BLOCK - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
12
CM+3433511
KABEL FR BLOCKMODUL (ROHS)

EXTENSION CABLE BLOCK MODULE (ROHS)
CBLE RALLONGE POUR MODULE BLOCK (ROHS)
13
CM+3433551
TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS)

TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS)
CABLE PLAT THP (ROHS)
13
CM+3433550
TPH FLACHKABEL - BIS FN9.999

TPH FLAT CABLE - UP TO SN9.999
CABLE PLAT THP - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
- JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
DRIVE
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 11
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
03
(MOD21)
02
(MOD08)
01*
05
11
07
08
05
09,10
04
(MOD07)
06*

5365_0100_8003.cdr
POWER UNIT
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 12
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3433541
SICHERHEITSSCHALTER (ROHS)
SAFETY SWITCH (ROHS)
INTERRUPTEUR DE SCURIT (ROHS)
CM+3433540
SICHERHEITSSCHALTER - BIS FN9.999

SAFETY SWITCH - UP TO SN9.999
INTERRUPTEUR DE SCURIT - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433371
NETZTEIL - BIS FN9.999

POWER SUPPLY - UP TO SN9.999
ALIMENTATION - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433372
NETZTEIL - ROHS
POWER SUPPLY - ROHS
ALIMENTATION - ROHS
CM+3433491
OSB SWITCH BOARD

OSB SWITCH BOARD
OSB SWITCH BOARD
CM+3433750
OSB PCB (ROHS)

OSB PCB (ROHS)
OSB PCB (ROHS)
CM+3433710
VILIS / THEMIS / RAM MODUL (ROHS)

VILIS / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE VILIS / THEMIS / RAM (ROHS)
CM+34333510
VILIS / THEMIS / RAM MODUL - BIS FN9.999

VILIS / THEMIS / RAM MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE VILIS / THEMIS / RAM - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433560
COMPACT FLASH KARTE 128MB - BIS FN9.999

COMPACT FLASH CARD 128MB - UP TO SN9.999
CARTE COMPACT FLASH 128MB - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433561
COMPACT FLASH KARTE 128MB (ROHS)

COMPACT FLASH CARD 128MB (ROHS)
CARTE COMPACT FLASH 128MB (ROHS)
CM+3433401
VILIS KHLGEBLSE (ROHS)

VILIS COOLING FAN (ROHS)
VENTILATEUR VILIS (ROHS)
CM+3433400
VILIS KHLGEBLSE - BIS FN9.999

VILIS COOLING FAN - UP TO SN9.999
VENTILATEUR VILIS - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433640
VILIS KARTE - BIS FN9.999

VILIS PCB - UP TO SN9.999
CARTE VILIS - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433680
VILIS 2.4 (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 BENTIGT

VILIS 2.4 (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 REQUIRED
VILIS 2.4 (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 2.1.0_C1
CM+3460393
KIT HEATSINK SPRING HOLDER (ROHS)

CM+3433600
1GB RAM OPTION MODUL - BIS FN9.999

1GB RAM OPTION MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
1GB RAM OPTION MODULE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433720
1GB RAM MODUL (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 BENTIGT

1GB RAM MODULE (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 REQUIRED
1GB RAM MODULE (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 2.1.0_C1
10
CM+3433630
512MB SDRAM MODUL - BIS FN9.999

512MB SDRAM MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE 512MB SDRAM - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
10
CM+3433700
512MB RAM MODUL (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 BENTIGT

512MB RAM MODULE (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 REQUIRED
MODULE 512MB RAM (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 2.1.0_C1
- BIS FN9.999
- UP TO SN9.999
- JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
POWER UNIT
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 13
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
03
(MOD21)
02
(MOD08)
01*
05
11
07
08
05
09,10
04
(MOD07)
06*

5365_0100_8003.cdr
POWER UNIT
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 14
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
11
CM+3433690
THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 BENTIGT

THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) - SW 2.1.0_C1 REQUIRED
THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 2.1.0_C1
11
CM+3433652
THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM

THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM
THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM
99
CM+3099310
REINIGUNGSTCHER
CLEANING TISSUES
DES SERVIETTES DESINTOXIQUES
- BIS FN9.999
- UP TO SN9.999
- JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
POWER UNIT
06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 15
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Spare Parts Kit Categories

R
'Repair'
Parts required to repair a machine

Kit `R` should be part of the field service engineers` car stock.
Quantity covers requirements for ca. 10 machines.
Adapt quantity locally depending on:
'Installation'
number of machines
extension of the service area
local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
stockpiling
Parts required to install a machine

Kit `I`should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts to perform the installation (does not comprise parts
included in the shipment).
Quantity covers one single machine installation.
M 'Maintenance'
Parts required to maintain a machine

Kit `M` should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts required to perform a maintenance according to the
maintenance checklist.
Quantity covers one single maintenance.
Extremely expensive or bulky parts

Kit `L` should be part of the local central warehouse.
Determine quantity depending on costs and on the installed base.
'Local stock'
Spare Parts Kit Order numbers

Order number
CM+053650100733
version
Spare Part Kit

DRYSTAR 5300 Sortiment M

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 16
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS314.05M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type No.
Specification
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/0100
100-240V AC / 50
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Order number
Accessory
MOBILE INSTALLATION KIT
EO6C4
1GB RAM OPTION MODULE
EP5UA

06-2007
Drystar 5300
Type 5365/0100
Chapter 5 / 17
Document No: DD+DIS314.05M

Technical Modifications reserved.
Copyright 2007 Agfa HealthCare

D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
www.agfa.com
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trade marks of Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare

DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
List of Contents of Chapter 7 (lists all available modifications)
Edition Revision Order Number

1
Contents
DD+DIS350.05E SW Upgrade 2.0.0_C1 Instructions

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7
HEALTHCARE
Field Modifications
Global Services Organisation
*1Y36XX1*
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365
1 Piece Y36XX MA1
Drystar 5300 Software 2.0.0_C1 Upgrade
This document describes all steps of the Software Upgrade Procedure to SW

2.0.0_C1 starting from SW 1.8X_C1 or SW 1.9X_C1. The main steps are:
Check currently installed Software version
Print a SMPTE and a (technical) test image from each modality
Perform Software Upgrade
o
via CF card or
o via Network and Service Engineer Command Session

Perform a film calibration
Print a SMPTE test image and a (technical) test image from each
modality
Show the customer the new features
Perform backup of Machine Specific Data
Printed in Germany 2006-01-20

Caution:
These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be performed by qualified
technical personnel.
Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
CE Declaration:
According to the medical guidelines, the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the
product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
According to the medical guidelines, the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the
product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical
progress.
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
List of Contents
1
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2
Preparation ............................................................................................... 3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Copying Software Release 2.0.0_C1 to CF Card ....................................... 3

Check of currently installed Software Release ........................................... 3
Check of configured Interpolation Settings ................................................. 4
Film Calibration .......................................................................................... 4
Print-out of Test Images ............................................................................. 6
Software Upgrade Rel. 1.8X to 2.0.0_C1 ................................................. 7
3.1
Regular Software Upgrade via CF Card ..................................................... 8
Finalization of the upgrade...................................................................... 9
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Check of installed Software Release .......................................................... 9

Film Calibration .......................................................................................... 9
Print-out of Test Images ........................................................................... 10
Comparison of Images before and after Software Upgrade ..................... 11
4.4.1
Contrast and Sharpness Adjustment................................................................... 12
4.5
4.6
Customer Instruction ................................................................................ 13

Backup of Machine Specific Data............................................................. 14
History of new features and improvements since

SW release 1.9X_C1 ............................................................................... 15
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
New Features for the Operator................................................................. 15

New Features concerning Service............................................................ 16
New Features concerning Connectivity .................................................... 17
Improvements concerning Reliability ........................................................ 18
Improvements concerning Image Quality ................................................. 18
Improvements concerning Printer Handling.............................................. 19
Limitations ................................................................................................ 19
Known Software Problems ....................................................................... 19
Appendix ................................................................................................. 20
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
Connection to the Web Pages.................................................................. 20

Adaptation of the PC IP address .............................................................. 21
Software Upgrade via Browser................................................................. 23
Emergency Software Upgrade ................................................................. 24
Basic Image Adjustments Overview ......................................................... 26

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / I
DD+DIS350.05E
Subject
Field Modifications
Drystar 5300 Software 2.0.0_C1 Upgrade

Scope of delivery:
CD ROM with SW 2.0.0_C1

User Manual in English Language
Reference Manual in English Language
Label "A#sharp"
Installation Instructions "A#sharp label"
Installation Instructions SW Rel. 2.0.0_C1
Required tools:
Service PC
Waterproof pen
Loupe 8x (CM+9.9579.9904.0)
Required time:
Approx. 1 hour
Printer Software / Hardware precondition:

The software upgrade can be performed at any Drystar 5300
equipped with Software 1.8X or 1.9X no matter on the hardware status.
*Content of the Drystar 5300 Software Rel. 2 CD:

Subdirectory
Content
Docu
This enclosure document
Regular_Install
Software for regular SW upgrade

(SWR_DRYSTAR5300_R2.0.0_C1.zip)
Emergency_Install
Software for emergency SW installation
User_Manuals
User manuals in 28 languages* (PDF)
Reference_Manual
Reference Manual in English Language (PDF)

*for list of languages refer to section 4.5 on page 13.

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 1
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Introduction
Drystar 5300 software release 2.0.0_C1 is an optional upgrade.

It contains following main features
(for a complete list refer to section 5 of this document and chapter 3.8 of
the Technical Documentation):
o
o
o
o
Improved image sharpness due to a new Thermal Model. Marketing

name "A#sharp", R&D name TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer).
Extended custom OEM LUT
Backside Printing Recognition via CDM
Extended queue control for the operator via browser
Scope of this Document

This document describes all required actions for Software upgrade as well as
an emergency procedure in case something goes wrong during Software
upgrade.
The Software Upgrade procedure to SW 2.0.0_C1 is split up in the following
steps:
#
Step
Refer to
section
Copy Software Release 2.0.0_C1 to CF card
2.1
2.2
Check configured interpolation settings
2.3
Perform film calibration
2.4
Print test images
2.5
6a
Software Upgrade via CF card
3.1
6b
Software Upgrade via browser
6.3
Check displayed software version
4.1
Perform a film calibration
4.2
Print test images
4.3
10
Compare images before and after Software Upgrade
4.4
11
4.5
12
4.6

Chapter 7 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Preparation
The preparation is split up in following main tasks:
2.1
Tasks
Refer to
Copy Software Release 2.0.0_C1 to CF card
2.1
2.2
Check of configured Interpolation Settings
2.3
Perform film calibration.
2.4
Print a STI2 test image and medical test image from

the service menu and a (technical) test image from
each modality
2.5
Copying Software Release 2.0.0_C1 to CF Card

(1) Insert the CF card which is part of delivery in the PC CF card reader
(2) Copy file D:\Regular_Install\SWR_DRYSTAR5300_R2.0.0_C1.zip from
CD ROM to the root of the CF card (in case the CD ROM drive is not
drive D: select the corresponding different drive)
2.2
Check of currently installed Software Release

(1) In the key-operator menu select '1 Show Settings 1 General.
(2) Check the currently installed software release: It must show R 1.8X C1
or R1.9X C1.

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 3
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
2.3
Check of configured Interpolation Settings

(1) In the key-operator menu select '1 Show Settings 4 Image Quality <Host Profile name> - 2 Interpolation.
(2) Check and write down the interpolation setting for each Host Profile.
The image sharpness will be improved after the SW upgrade, due to the
new Thermal model "A# sharp". The current interpolation settings will
automatically be overwritten by new default values.
Just in case the customer wants to have the "old" image impression back
after SW upgrade, "A#sharp" can be switched off. In this case the current
interpolation settings have to be entered again.
Film Calibration
How?
(1)
Select in key-operator menu

Calibration'
(2)
Select 'Start Calibration':

The calibration film as shown
in Figure 1 is printed and the
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
2.4
Dmax = 3.03 (MB924)

5365_enc_600.cdr
Measured Dmax
536536ga.cdr

Figure 1
The film calibration is performed to allow comparison of test images before
and after SW upgrade.

Chapter 7 / 4
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is 2% different

from the target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in
Key-operator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below:
Densitometer
Target Dmax DT2B
Target Dmax DT2C
X-Rite 310
3.10 O.D.
2.95 O.D.
X-Rite 331
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 341
3.04 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 301
2.99 O.D.
2.86 O.D.
MacBeth
3.03 O.D.
2.90 O.D.
Gretag D200
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
When the Dmax isn't reached, automatically a second film calibration

starts. The TH power will be increased so that the Dmax will be reached
if there are no artifacts in the film.
In case Dmax is still more than 2% different from the target Dmax the
display will show "calibration failed". In this case check the CDM
measurement area at the lightbox for image artifacts (e.g. dust stripes).
Refer to Figure 1.
In case of image artifacts troubleshoot as described in
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting, section "Artifacts on the Film".
In case no image artifacts are visible troubleshoot as described in
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting, section "Dmax too high or too low".

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 5
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
2.5
Print-out of Test Images

(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test image Medical_image.ZIP.
(2) Select '1' for number of copies:
The medical_image test image will be printed.
(3) From the same menu print a test film "STI2".
(4) Mark the test images with a waterproof pen as internal test image
before software upgrade.
(5) If possible, print a technical and medical image from each modality.
(6) Write the modality name and test image before software upgrade on
the printed films.
(7) Keep the images as reference for comparison after the software
upgrade.

Chapter 7 / 6
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Software Upgrade Rel. 1.8X to 2.0.0_C1
Software upgrade can be done via CF card or browser.
We advise to make the software upgrade via CF card.
Type of Software Upgrade
Refer to section
Regular software upgrade via CF card
3.1
Regular software upgrade via browser
Appendix 6.3
Emergency software upgrade via CF card
Appendix 6.4
Note concerning downgrade:

It is not possible to downgrade from SW 2.0.0 to SW Rel. 1.8X or 1.9X after
the upgrade procedure is started.

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 7
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
3.1
Regular Software Upgrade via CF Card

(1) Follow the steps as described in Figure 2.
0 min.
0 min.
0 min.
6
7
8
9
Calibration
Service Actions
Quality Control
Installation
Go to
key-operator menu
9 Installation
1 Installation from
CF card
2 Printer
Installation
Before install.
please make backup
1 OK, make backup
2 Skip backup
Insert backup
CF card
Please wait
6 min.
Saving Configuration
Save
Configuration
3 min.
4 min.
5 min.
5 min.
Installation
from CF card
Software
:2.00C1
Yes ( )
NO (X)
Remove backup
CF card
11 min.
Insert CF card
with SW 2.00_C1
11 min.
Copying
a:/....
to
c:/....
14 min.
Install data
please wait
Installation
finished
Please remove card
New settings will
be active
after automatic
reset of the printer
Please WAIT
Self Test
proceeding
10 min.
Please remove card

3 min.
Power off initiated
5 min.
40%
2 min.
5 min.
23 min.
Remove CF card
with SW 2.00_C1
24 min.
Please WAIT
Self Test
proceeding
Please WAIT
Self Test
proceeding
Please WAIT
Self Test
proceeding
40%
No user action required - Do not switch off the printer!
0 min.
Ready
Press
Confirm key
5365_enc_400.cdr
Figure 2
Important remark: Do not switch off the printer during software

installation as some boards are programmed during the software
upgrade.
After approx. 11 minutes after (from start of the software installation) the
display stays dark for approx. 3 minutes.
In case the printer hangs with message "Error - System Failure" for more
than 10 minutes, perform an emergency software upgrade procedure.
Refer to the appendix chapter 6.4

Chapter 7 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Finalization of the upgrade

The finalization of the upgrade is split up in following main tasks:
4.1
Tasks
Refer to
Check displayed software version
4.1
Perform film calibration
4.2
Print test images
4.3
Print a STI2 test image and medical test image from the
service menu and a (technical) test image from each
modality
4.4
4.5
4.6
Check of installed Software Release

How?
(1) In the key-operator menu select '1 Show Settings 1 General.

(2) Check the installed software release. It has to show R2.0.0 C1
Film Calibration
How?

Calibration'
(2) Select 'Start Calibration':
The calibration film as shown in
Figure 3 is printed and the
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
4.2
Dmax = 3.03 (MB924)

5365_enc_600.cdr
Measured Dmax
536536ga.cdr

Figure 3
2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 9
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is 2% different

from the target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in
Key-operator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below:
Densitometer
4.3
Target Dmax DT2B
Target Dmax DT2C
X-Rite 310
3.10 O.D.
2.95 O.D.
X-Rite 331
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 341
3.04 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
X-Rite 301
2.99 O.D.
2.86 O.D.
MacBeth
3.03 O.D.
2.90 O.D.
Gretag D200
3.03 O.D.
2.92 O.D.
Print-out of Test Images

(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test image Medical_image.ZIP.
(2) Select '1' for number of copies.
The medical_image test image will be printed.
(3) From the same menu print a test film "STI2".
(4) Mark the test images with a waterproof pen as internal test image after
software upgrade.
(5) If possible, print a technical and medical image from each modality.
(6) Write the modality name and test image after software upgrade on the
printed films.

Chapter 7 / 10
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
4.4
Field Modifications
Comparison of Images before and after Software Upgrade

(1) At the light box compare the images you made before the software
upgrade with the images after the software upgrade.
(2) Check the images for artifacts: In case image artifacts are visible in the
images before and after the upgrade, troubleshoot as described in
chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting, of the Technical Documentation.
(3) Check the image contrast and sharpness in images before and after the
SW upgrade.
The sharpness should be better than before, due to the new

Thermal Model named "A# sharp"
The contrast should be the same.

In case contrast or sharpness adjustments are required, refer
to section 4.4.1
The thermal model "TMML", available as of software 2.0.0_C1 has different

smoothing factors than the thermal model V1, which was used in
software < 2.0.0_C1.
Interpolation Type
Default smoothfactor
Thermal Model V 1
Default smoothfactor
A#sharp
Cubic High Res
-2.5
-0.7
Cubic Bell
0.35
0.9

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 11
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
4.4.1
Contrast and Sharpness Adjustment

Both, contrast and sharpness adjustments are normally not required
after software upgrade.
Contrast is determined by look up table and maximum density.
Sharpness is determined by the interpolation type.
For more information to image adjustments refer to the appendix section
6.5 "Basic Image Adjustments Overview"

Quality - <Modality XYZ>
Purpose:
Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted

at the modality
Default value:
Look-up table: Kanamori.

Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7.
Dmax 3.10
Example screens:
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Select kanamori like value:
CT2
CT2_ARC
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
100
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Look Up Table:
Interpolation:
-0.7
536601fs.cdr
280
285
290
295
**
Possible Look up table settings
5.9
Kanamori curve and

Kanamori like value
4.9
220
mori
Kana
Dmin
0
**
Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7)
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
Maximum density:
Dmax
200
100
less sharp
75
1.1
0.9
0.7
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2

sharp

5.9
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Legend
Input
255
0.1
Limits
Default
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.1
Reasonable values
Figure 4
Chapter 7 / 12
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
4.5
Field Modifications
Customer Instruction
(1)
(2)
Inform the customer about the new features for the operator (refer to
section 5.1) and improvements regarding image quality (refer to
section 5.5)
Hand over the user* and reference manual which is part of delivery.
Note concerning improved image sharpness:

In case the customer should not be satisfied with the improved sharpness of
the new thermal model "A#sharp", this can be switched off in the Browser
Service Menu:
"2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General Setting".
Note: In this unlikely event, that the customer wants to have the previous
image quality back, the smooth factors are set back to the non A#sharp
default smooth factors (cubic highres: -2.5 / cubic bell: 0.35). The previously
adjusted smooth factors are lost and have to be adjusted manually.
In this case use the values collected during step '2.3, Check of configured
Interpolation Settings'.
*Note regarding User Manual:

Only the English user manual is part of delivery. Up-to-date user manuals in
28 languages (see next page) are available on the SW CD as PDF
documents or can be ordered as paper document:
To order the required user manual on paper select intranet link
o http://intra.agfanet/BU/MI/polling.nsf/manualorderform?OpenForm
or follow the MEDNET intranet path:
o Sales & Marketing - Sales Tools - Printed media - Printed
Documentation

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 13
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Languages for the user manual:

1. Chinese simplified
2. Chinese traditional
3. Czech
4. Danish
5. Dutch
6. English
7. Estonian
8. Finnish
9. French
10. German
11. Greek
12. Hungarian
13. Italian
14. Japanese
15. Korean
16. Latvian
17. Lithuanian
18. Norwegian
19. Polish
20. Portuguese
21. Russian
22. Slovakian
23. Slovenian
24. Spanish
25. Swedish
26. Thai
27. Turkish
28. Vietnamese
Note: The user displays can be configured for these languages (except Thai
and Vietnamese).
4.6
Backup of Machine Specific Data

(1)
In the Key-Operator Menu on the local keypad select '4 Save

configuration - 1 General' and follow the further instructions on the
display.

Chapter 7 / 14
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
History of new features and improvements since SW

release 1.9X_C1
5.1
New Features for the Operator

Support of additional languages for user messages and keyoperator screens: Chinese simplified*, Czech*, Danish* , Dutch*,
English*, Estonian, Finnish*, French*, German*, Greek*, Hungarian,
Italian*, Japanese*, Korean*, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian*, Polish*,
Portuguese*, Russian*, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish*, Swedish*,
Turkish.
Note: The languages marked with an "*" were already available in the
Language dataset "LNG_5300_R1.93C1".
Browser interface for operator: Menu Operator Tools allows viewing
of print jobs currently in the print queue.
Username / Password: operator / operator (case sensitive!).
Backside printing recognition: The printer checks when the film arrives
at the CDM, whether a small rectangle in the center of the film, at the
very beginning of the printable area, has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must be inserted
wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side printing,
to check the correct positioning of the film and to remove the film jam.
No film calibration for RF Tag overruled printing: In case the RF tag
is missing, it is possible to configure the printer in the Service Menu for
"printing with Dmax = 2.00" or "printing not possible". In case it is
configured for "printing with Dmax = 2.00" and the automatic film
calibration after n film packs (n = 1 to 99) is switched on, the automatic
calibration is disabled for a film pack with missing RF tag.
RF tag order-number tracking at auto film-calibration: The RF tag
contains the order-number of the film. When auto film-calibration is
enabled and set to n >1 film packs (I.e. between 2 and 99) there will also
be calibrated when the order-number changes.
Logical printers are shown in key-operator menu now: In keyoperator menu "Show settings - 5 Logical printers" it is displayed,
whether more than one logical printer is configured.

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 15
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
5.2
New Features concerning Service

Film info area on film adapted: The amount and format of the displayed
microtext data has changed (e.g. TMML info added). For more details
refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS078.05E
Batch tools to adjust network parameters:

Via commands "setip <IP address>" and "setsubnetmask <subnetmask>"
it is possible to adapt the IP address and subnetmask on terminal level.
This allows adapting the IP address of the printer right after switch on.
Information in infocounter extended: The infocounter is extended with

info about Startup/Shutdown History (9.0 Startup/Shutdown History).
Now each CDM calibration is logged in the infocounter section 3.5
Calibration History.
Infocounter "FilmType Change History" is emptied with SW
upgrade: Because of many wrong entries in the past, the "FilmType
Change History" is emptied with SW upgrade
Service Engineer Tool "Reset Calibration Data" added to the
browser pages: It is possible now to overwrite the TH calibration, film
calibration and CDM calibration files by default values.
Maintenance action "Replace film input pickup rollers" removed:
The previous message "M4" with meaning to replace the pickup rollers is
removed.
Automatic serial number entry after Emergency SW Installation: In
previous SW versions the serial number was lost, in case it was selected
not to preserve the configuration data. In this case the serial number only
could be get back again by restore of the backup.
Software for Regular and Emergency SW Installation can be stored
on the same CF card:
When the printer boots up with the SW CF card, the user will be asked at
the local keypad "Install Emergency SW yes / no". After canceling it is still
possible to perform a regular SW upgrade via local keypad.
MOD07 (Vilis/Themis/RAM) split up in 3 modules: MOD07 Vilis;
MOD14 Themis; MOD15 RAM::
To support exchange of Themis and RAM module, the previous MOD 07
(Vilis/Themis/RAM) is split up in 3 modules: MOD07 Vilis; MOD14
Themis; MOD15 RAM. Refer to latest spare parts list.
Chapter 7 / 16
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
5.3
Field Modifications
New Features concerning Connectivity
DICOM conformance level behavior implemented: Two printer

information levels can be defined via host profile:
0 (default) = No warnings are returned. Only 'Failure' status codes are
activated. This means, that the printer either returns 'normal' or 'failure'
(e.g. if printer is offline or film magazine is empty) to the modality.
1 = Warnings are returned. Refer to DICOM conformance status of the
Drystar 5300 and the host system. If the host system does not support
'status level' 1, set this parameter to default (= 0).
Number of OEM LUTs extended: All LUTs named between oem900.txt

till oem999.txt which are available in directory C:\oemlut are displayed in
the drop down list in the host profile. Before only one "handmade" OEM
LUT named oem999.txt could be used.
Host profile Parameter 'LR-Like printing' introduced: While

comparing images processed with the new thermal model and images
printed with the LR5200 it showed, that the images of the LR still looked
slightly different, despite the sharpness was comparable.
Investigations of the linearity of the Laser Imager showed, that the
LR5200 does not behave exactly as linear as a Drystar does:
To get at Drystars with the new thermal model the same image
impression as on the LR5200, an additional LUT has to be applied, to get
the same "Non-linearity" as the Laser Imager. This LUT is applied before
the specified taste LUT (Kanamori, Kanamori_like etc.) is applied.
Default: off. Possible settings: Off, low, medium, high.
Recommended setting to get the same image impression like on LR: low.
Host profile Parameter 'Print even if application type not supported'

introduced: This parameter defines, whether a print job should be
printed, even if no Mammo film is available. Default: No.
This parameter prevents that a Mammo modality sends images to the
printer, which only has CR/DR films loaded.
Last received DICOM attribute in host profile shown: In the DICOM

hostprofile editor there is a button to view the last received attributes from
a configured modality. In previous SW versions it showed the last used
attributes instead of the last received attributes.
Disabled input tray is reported to host modality: A tray is disabled

o when there is an electrical defect detected in the tray,
o in case of invalid or unreadable RF tag,
o in case more than the allowed number of copies is printed with the
tag in the input tray
o when there is no RF tag in the tray.
A disabled tray is not set available for print-jobs now.

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 17
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
5.4
5.5
Improvements concerning Reliability
Improved RF-tag header reading Added a new retry mechanism in the

RF tag reader. This results in less failures on reading RF tags
Support of ISO RF tags: The printer is able now to read the tags via
I*code2 (ISO15693) compatible protocols what is a standard protocol.
Improvements concerning Image Quality
Improved image sharpness due to a new Thermal Model:

The thermal model is a mathematical description of the interaction Film
TH. The thermal model uses parameters like film thickness, thermal
conductivity of the film, TH temperature; environmental temperature, print
speed and resolution of the print head.
The new thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name
of the product marketing published it under 'A # Sharp') describes this
interaction more accurate, leading to a very precise reproduction of the
image. It does not use new parameters for calculating.
The image looks much sharper now, and has the image quality of a
Laser Imager. For more info refer to the HealthCare Newsletter
"Innovation at work: A#sharp" vailable on MEDNET, HealthCare Library.

Chapter 7 / 18
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
5.6
Field Modifications
Improvements concerning Printer Handling
5.7
Job recovery improved: A print job is recovered in following cases after

it has been stored in RAM:
o unauthorized opening of the tray
o unauthorized opening of the printer's top cover
o film jam during printing
Before recovered print jobs were printed in order "Last received - first
printed". Now they are printed in order "First received First printed".
Limitations
5.8
Internal memory (Compact Flash) 128 Mb required (128 MB = default)

RAM 512 Mb required (512 MB = default; Optional 1 GB)
Only one module/spare part replacement per start-up allowed
Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher is usable as remote browser
application;
Proxy server settings have to be disabled when using the remote browser
application (Tools - internet options - tab connections button LAN
settings)
Known Software Problems
Some eLabels can get corrupt when disconnecting the P1-connector

before or during the start-up procedure, HW redesign of power-connector
is needed for solving this problem.
Back-up dataset made by 2.0.0 release are not compatible with 1.9.0 and
1.8.0 release
Back-up dataset made by 1.9.0 or 1.8.0 release are not compatible with
2.0.0 release
Error HC214025 indicates falsely to replace MOD07 (Vilis). Correct is to
replace MOD14 (Themis).
Error HC215020 indicates falsely as reason "Themis defect". Correct is
"RAM defect".

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 19
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Appendix
The Appendix contains following information:
Topic
6.1
Refer to
How to connect to the Drystar 5300 web pages
6.1
How to adapt the PC IP address
6.2
Software Upgrade via Browser
6.3
Emergency Software Upgrade
6.4
Basic Image Adjustments Overview
6.5
Connection to the Web Pages

USAGE

network
Explorer 5)
In case the printer homepage is
not displayed, refer to 6.2
"Adaptation of the PC IP address"
next page.
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 5
As an alternative, if it is not possible
to put the Service PC into the hospital
network:
(1) Use a crossed network UTP cable
to connect the network interface
of the Service PC directly with the
network interface of the printer.
Explorer 5)
in the address window. In case
the printer homepage is not
displayed, refer to 6.2 "Adaptation
of the PC IP address" next page.
Service PC
Crossed
network
cable
536532ek.cdr
Figure 6

Chapter 7 / 20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
6.2
Field Modifications

To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP
address of the Service PC has to be adapted.
Basic rules:
Case 1: The service PC is part of the hospital network.
(1) Get the IP address and possibly the subnet mask* (* see next page) for
the Service PC from the hospital network administrator. In case the
hospital network administrator wants to have the Service PC working only
in a subnet, get from him the netmask (also called subnet mask).
(2) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 7 to Figure 10.
Case 2: The service PC is not part of the hospital network, but connected
via crossed UTP network cable to the printer.
(1) Look up the printer IP address and subnet mask in the printer key
operator menu "1 Show settings - 3 Network (DICOM)".
(2) Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting "1" to
the last digit of the IP address.
Example: Printer IP address =
10.6.5.121
Service PC address =
10.6.5.122 or 10.6.5.120
(3) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 7 to Figure 10.
Figure 7
Figure 8

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 21
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
*Default Subnet Masks (set for NO sub netting)

Class
First 3 digits of IP
Subnet mask
0...127
255.0.0.0
128...191
255.255.0.0
192...223
255.255.255.0
Figure 9
Figure 10

Chapter 7 / 22
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
6.3
Field Modifications
Software Upgrade via Browser

(1)
Connect the Service PC into

network. Possibly adapt the IP
address of the service PC.
Refer to 6.2.
(2)
Enter the printer IP address in

the browser address window
(3)
Select Service Engineer Tools
(4)
Enter username mega and

password ******
(5)
Select Enter Service Command

Session
(6)
(7)
Select 9 Installation - 1 New

Software Installation - 1 OK
make backup - 2 To remote
computer (allows to save the
backup on the service PC) Browse
Choose file
SWR_DRYSTAR5300_Agfa_R
2.0.0_C1.zip.
(8)
Select Proceed.
The different browser screens
are shown in Figure 11.
(9)
Select 'Continue' to reboot the

printer.
(10) Wait till the printer shows the

Ready screen. This takes
approx. 24 minutes. Refer to
section 3.1.
Drystar 5300 Homepage

- Service Engineer Tools
- Enter Service Command Session
- 9 Installation
- 1 New Software Installation
- 1 OK, make backup
- 2 To remote computer
0 min.
0 min.
Welcome to this
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values
Browse for file

SWR_DRYSTAR5300_Agfa_R2.0.0_C1.zip
2 min.
Welcome to this
Install software:
45%
Welcome to this
4 min.
New settings
will be active
after automatic
reset of the printer
Continue
5365_enc_401.cdr
Figure 11

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 23
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
6.4
Emergency Software Upgrade

Purpose
This section describes the SW Installation on a printer in

ERROR - SYSTEM FAILURE state.
Important remark:
The software installation procedure
described here formats the internal
CF card.
If you select "NO" at question "Do
you want to preserve config" the
configuration data will be erased.
In this case the printer is only in the
same state than before after the
emergency SW upgrade, if an upto-date backup is available.
If the backup CF card is lost or not
has to be redone.
Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
Do you want
to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
536632gc.cdr
Figure 12
SW Installation (1) Insert the CF card with Software
2.0.0_C1 in the Service PC CF
on printer in
card reader
"Error (2)
Copy the content of directory
System
\emergency_install
to the root of
Failure" State
the CF card
(3) Insert the CF card in the printer
CF card reader
(4) Reboot the printer
(5) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select :
"NO" to erase the complete
configuration
"YES" to keep the current
configuration.
Refer to Figure 12.
(6) Reboot the printer when
requested.
(7) Wait till the printer shows the
Ready screen. This takes approx.
24 minutes. Refer to section 3.1.
536532ac.cdr
Figure 13

Chapter 7 / 24
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Caution:
Some boards get re-programmed during the software upgrade.

message
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation to preserve the

configuration following steps are executed internally:
1. A backup of the printer configuration data is created and copied to
RAM
2. The software is copied from external CF card to internal CF card and
inflated.
3. The boards are programmed.
4. The backup is restored from RAM.
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation not to preserve the
configuration the configuration data are erased. The printer in this case is in
the same state like it has been shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10)

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 25
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
6.5
Basic Image Adjustments Overview

Get up-to-date Connectivity Release Document
from MedNet, HealthCare Library
Step 1:
Path: General Info
Connectivity & Application
Perform image adjustments as described at the Modality

and/or the Printer
Continue with Step 2, in case
the customer is not satisfied with the image or
for this modality no Connectivity Release Document exists
In case the printer is part of a solution (e.g. DR Mammography

Solution), refer to the solution specific requirements
concerning image adjustments.
Step 2: Try to adjust Contrast and Sharpness at the Modality
Contrast
Adjustment
Use Kanamori Taste LUT

If available also Dmax
Cubic High Res + smoothfactor 2

(modality sends in image mode) or
Sharpness
Adjustment
Cubic Bell + smoothfactor

2
(modality sends in page mode)
Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values)3

251 245 235
299
148
199
less sharp
Legend
299
200
143 138
101
sharp
too sharp
Limits
Default
251
Cubic Bell
245 235
Useable values
Cubic High Res
200

3
2
5365_enc_900.cdr

Chapter 7 / 26
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Contrast and Sharpness adjustment at the Modality
The Look-Up-Table, which is responsible (in combination with Dmin and

Dmax) for the contrast of the image, may be named at the modality
Taste LUT
Perception LUT
Correction LUT
Presentation LUT
536401gh.cdr
In case of "Presentation LUT" selection,

also enter lightbox illumination
and reflected ambient light.
Autoswitch to cubic bell functionality of the printer:

When no image scaling (i.e. magnification or reduction) is required,
Cubic HighRes interpolation type does not sharpen the image.
Interpolation type 'Cubic Bell' sharpnes the image however,
independant whether scaling is required or not.
This automatic adjustment is only used, in case the Interpolation Type
is adjusted to 'cubic high res' in the user profile (= default).
HOME HELP
Controller Setup
Access to this window:
Browser Pages

Automatically switch to CubicBell:
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.9
Service Tools
yes
( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
Scaling Setup
At printers with Software < SW Rel. 2 the required interpolation

smoothfactor setting at the modality is different compared
to printers with Software > SW Rel. 2.
299
221 217 207
199
135 125 115
less sharp
sharp
200
101
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 27
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Step 3: In case Contrast and Sharpness adjustment

at the Modality not possible, adjust it at printer.
Can be made via
1
local keypad
2
Service Engineer Browser pages
1 Contrast and Sharpness adjustment
via key-operator menu "Image Quality"
Access via Keypad or Browser
Key-Operator Menu
2 Change Settings
5 Image Quality
Contrast *
Kanamori
Linear
Kanamori_like
<select Modality>
Adjustment
2 Select Other
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
Linear
Replication
1 Look up table
2 Interpolation
Sharpness*
Adjustment
2.80 - 3.20
(2.80 - 3.80
Mammo printers)
3 Dmax
2 Contrast and Sharpness Adjustment

via DICOM Host Profile
Access via Browser only
HELP
Host Profile: Name XYZ
These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
Sharpness*
Adjustment
Nick Name: Name XYZ

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Use this profile only for local SCP server: all
Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change
Kernel:
site
Edit Custom
Perception LUT: kanamori

Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
*
Contrast
Adjustment
Maximum Density (OD x 100)
site
300
LR like: off
Show last Input
Manually customized items are show in red

536401gh.cdr
*Refer to notes next page

Chapter 7 / 28
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365)
2006-01-20
DD+DIS350.05E
Field Modifications
Contrast and Sharpness adjustment at the printer

1.1
5.9
0.9
0.7
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2
4.9
less sharp
sharp
0.1
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp

Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel Values)
0.5 0.35 0.15
5.9
-1.7 -2.5 -3.3
4.9
less sharp
sharp
0.1
-4.9
Cubic Bell
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Perception LUT / Look up table settings at the Printer

Dmax
Kanamori curve and

Kanamori like value
220
mori
Kana
Dmin

200
100
75
Input
255
For more details refer to the

Hardcopy Application Manual on MEDNET, GSO Library
Legend
4.9
Limits
Default
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2
-4.9
Useable values
536401gh.cdr

2006-01-20
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365)
Chapter 7 / 29
Copyright
01.2006
DD+DIS350.05E
Agfa-Gevaert AG
Alle Rechte vorbehalten / All rights reserved / Tous droits rservs
Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edit par

Agfa-Gevaert AG
Fototechnik
D - 81539 Mnchen
Technische nderungen vorbehalten

Technical modifications reserved
Sous rserve des modifications techniques
AGFA und der Agfa-Rhombus sind eingetragene Warenzeichen von Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trade marks of Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germay.
AGFA et le logo Agfa sont des marques dposes de Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany
Printed in Germany
Chapter 8
HEALTHCARE
Manufacturing Standard
Modifications
Imaging Services
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200

This document provides an overview of all product modifications which may be of
importance for Service. They are listed in chronological sequence.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes:
1.0
05-2008
Initial version
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.


eq_08_modifications_e_template_v07
DD+DIS148.08E
Manufacturing Standard Modifications
Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)

the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 2
DD+DIS148.08E
OVERVIEW OF MODIFICATIONS:
Timeline
Modification
2008
March Added Printer Software 2.1.1_C1 together with
latest Software for DRYSTAR AXYS and
DRYSTAR 5302 to RoHS Spare Parts
February Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB
CM+343356.1 to 1 GB
None
None
2007
November Changed TPH Module CM+349264.2
None
September Changed Pickup Module CM+343331.2
SB No. 11 DD+DIS292.07E
Installation Instructions
DD+DIS174.07E
August Changed Input Block Module CM+343332.1
None
April Release of RoHS compliant Spare Parts
None
April Release of RoHS compliant Printer / Introduction

of Software 2.1.0_C1
Installation Instructions
software 2.1.0_C1
DD+DIS057.07E
March Changed TPH Module CM+349264.1
None
2006
November Reduction of Test Films as part of delivery from
100 to 25 Films
Installation Planning
DD+DIS348.05E
September Intruduction of RoHS compliant Power Supply

Module
None
August Introduction of Heat Sink Replacement Kit as

Spare Part
Heatsink Kit Enclosure

DD+DIS194.06E
Troubleshooting Guide
DD+DIS210.07E
March Changed Ouput Module CM+343330.2
None
March Changed Display Module CM+3433361.1
None
February Introduction of Software Release 2.0.0_C1
Enclosure DD+DIS344.05E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 3
DD+DIS148.08E
Timeline
Modification
Referenced
Documents
2005
December Introduction of Thermal Print Head CM+349264.1 as Successor
for Thermal Print Head CM+343334.1
None
October Changed Heatsink on Vilis/Themis/RAM Module CM+343335.9

and Themis Module CM+343365.1
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 4
DD+DIS148.08E
Changed Heatsink on Vilis/Themis/RAM Module CM+343335.9

and Themis Module CM+343365.1
Reason
Improved heat sink to prevent broken heat sinks on the

Themis CPU
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN 3640 plus 3636, 3637, 3639 /

October 2005
Type 5365/200 SN 00327 / October 2005
Part
Number(s)
Vilis/Themis/RAM Module CM+343335.10
Themis Module CM+343365.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Introduction of Thermal Print Head CM+349264.1 as Successor

for Thermal Print Head CM+343334.1
Reason
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Harmonization for TPHs in DRYSTAR 5300 and DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5365/100 SN 3921 plus 3871, 3885 to 3910 /

December 2005
Type 5365/200 SN 00380 plus 00368, 00371/

December 2005
Part
Number(s)
Thermal Print Head CM+349264.1
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 5
DD+DIS148.08E
Introduction of Software Release 2.0.0_C1

Reason
Introduction of new thermal model A#sharp for improved image

sharpness
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN 4105 plus 4098, 4102 / February 2006
Type 5365/200: software 2.0.0_C1 is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
Sales Channel:
Order number: ERA3Q
Spare Part Channel:
Order number: CM+343357.0
Referenced
Document(s)
Enclosure DD+DIS344.05E
Changed Display Module CM+3433361.1

Reason
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Improved connector to prevent that cable to display board can be

removed accidentally at mounting of right cover.
Type 5365/100 SN 4235 / March 2006
Type 5365/200 SN 00559 / May 2006
Part
Number(s)
Display Module CM+3433361.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 6
DD+DIS148.08E
Changed Ouput Module CM+343330.2

Reason
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Improvement of production process: Prevention of film jams during

CDM calibration in production.
Type 5365/100 SN 4219 / March 2006
Type 5365/200 SN 00547 / March 2006
Part
Number(s)
Output Module CM+343330.3
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Introduction of Heat Sink Replacement Kit as Spare Part

Reason
To allow replacing heat sink at Themis CPU instead of replacing

the Themis CPU when the heat sink holder is broken.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Only introduced as spare part / August 2006
Part
Number(s)
Heatsink Replacement Kit CM+346039.1
Referenced
Document(s)
Heatsink Kit Enclosure DD+DIS194.06E
Troubleshooting Guide DD+DIS210.07E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 7
DD+DIS148.08E
Intruduction of RoHS compliant Power Supply Module

Reason
Preparation of the printer for RoHS compliance.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN 4787 / September 2006
Type 5365/200: ROHS power supply is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
Power Supply Module (RoHS) CM+343337.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Reduction of Test Films as part of delivery from 100 to 25 Films

Reason
Cost reduction
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN 4970 plus4967 / November 2006
Type 5365/200: Reduction of test films is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
Not available as spare part
Referenced
Document(s)
Installation Planning DD+DIS348.05E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 8
DD+DIS148.08E
10
Changed TPH Module CM+349264.1

Reason
Improvement of production process: Heater foil was partly

detached.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN SN 5178, 5154, 5157 to 5165 and

5168 to 5176 / March 2007
Type 5365/200: Changed TPH module is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
TPH Module CM+349264.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Release of RoHS compliant Printer / Introduction of Software

2.1.0_C1
Reason
Make printer compliant to the RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous

Substances) Directive No 2002/95/EC of the European Union.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN SN 5274 / April 2007
Type 5365/200 RoHS compliant printer / software 2.1.0_C1

is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
None
Referenced
Document(s)
Installation Instructions software 2.1.0_C1 DD+DIS057.07E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 9
DD+DIS148.08E
11
Release of RoHS compliant Spare Parts

Reason
Make spare parts compliant to the RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous

Substances) Directive No 2002/95/EC of the European Union.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
April 2007
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
12
Vilis 2.4 (RoHS)

Themis7 (RoHS)
Vilis/Themis/RAM (RoHS)
512 MB (RoHS)
1 GB (RoHS)
Output Module (RoHS)
CM+343368.0
CM+343369.0
CM+343371.0
CM+343370.0
CM+343372.0
CM+343373.0
Changed Input Block Module CM+343332.1

Reason
Make tag reader compatible to be used in DRYSTAR 5503, too.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
August 2007
Part
Number(s)
Input Block Module CM+343332.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 10
DD+DIS148.08E
13
14
Changed Pickup Module CM+343331.2

Reason
Improvement of film run
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Type 5365/100 SN 5711 / September 2007
Type 5365//200 Changed pickup module is not introduced
Part
Number(s)
Pickup Module CM+343331.3
Referenced
Document(s)
Installation Instructions DD+DIS174.07E
Changed TPH Module CM+349264.2

Reason
Improvement of production process: Improved ground connection

to reduce pixel drops
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Serial number not registered / November 2007
Part
Number(s)
TPH Module CM+349264.3
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 11
DD+DIS148.08E
15
16
Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB CM+343356.1 to 1 GB

Reason
Change of type of compact flash card for printer backup due to

purchasing reasons.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Printers and spare parts delivered as of February 2008
Part
Number(s)
Compact Flash Card 1 GB, CM+343356.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Added Printer Software 2.1.1_C1 together with latest Software

for DRYSTAR AXYS and DRYSTAR 5302 to RoHS Spare Parts
Reason
Harmonisation of software CDs for RoHS spare parts for

DRYSTAR 5300, DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Spare parts listed below delivered as of March 2008
Part
Number(s)
VILIS 2.4 (ROHS CM+343368.1.
THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (RoHS) CM+343369.3
512Mb RAM MODULE (RoHS) CM+343370.3
VILIS/THEMIS/RAM MODULE (RoHS) CM+343371.1
1GB RAM MODULE (RoHS) CM+343372.1
OUTPUT MODULE (RoHS) CM+343373.1
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365 / 100/200
Chapter 8 / 12
HEALTHCARE
Maintenance
Order-No.: DD+DIS271.05E
*16BNAJ1*
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
1 Piece 6BNAJ MA1
The Maintenance document is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS271.05E


DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
1.

(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation,
repair or maintenance task on the equipment.
2.
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety

Directions" and on the product.

Chapter 9
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Chapter 9:
List of contents
Safety ........................................................................................................... 1
1.1
Safety Precautions ................................................................................................. 1
1.2
Security Precautions.............................................................................................. 3
Introduction ................................................................................................. 4
2.1
Maintenance Frequency ........................................................................................ 4
2.2
Required Time ........................................................................................................ 4
2.3
Required Tools ....................................................................................................... 4
2.4
Required Cleaning Material ................................................................................... 5
2.5
Required Spare Parts............................................................................................. 5
Diagnostics.................................................................................................. 6
3.1
Questioning of the Customer ................................................................................ 6
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.3
Infocounter Analysis.............................................................................................. 6
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report ............................................. 7
Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session ............................................... 8
How to evaluate the Infocounter............................................................................... 8
Image Quality Check ............................................................................................ 10
Maintenance Points - Power off............................................................... 11
4.1
Check of general Condition................................................................................. 11
4.2
Check of Condition of Belts and Gears.............................................................. 11
4.3
Visual Check of the Cables ................................................................................. 11
4.4
Replacement of the Air Filter Module ................................................................. 12
4.5
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment ............................................................... 12
4.6
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet..................................................................... 12
4.7
Check and Cleaning of Drum .............................................................................. 13
4.8
Check of Guide Pin Screws at Thermal Print Head........................................... 13
4.9
Cleaning of Thermal Print Head.......................................................................... 14
4.10 Electrical Check.................................................................................................... 15

4.10.1 Electrical Check according to National Regulations. .............................................. 15
4.10.2 Basic Protective Earth Test .................................................................................... 15

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / I
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Maintenance points - Power on ............................................................... 17
5.1
Check of Safety Switch ........................................................................................17
5.2
SW patch installation............................................................................................17
5.3
Film Calibration.....................................................................................................18
5.4
Density Reproduction Check...............................................................................18
5.5
Test Image Evaluation ..........................................................................................20
5.6
Host System Image Quality Check......................................................................21
Completion of the Maintenance............................................................... 22
6.1
Backup Data on CF Card......................................................................................22
6.2
Reset of Maintenance Action Counters and relative Counters in the

Infocounter ............................................................................................................23
6.3
Customer Conversation .......................................................................................23

Chapter 9 / II
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Safety
1.1
Safety Precautions
NOTE:
The Drystar 5300 must only be operated according to its specifications and
its intended use. Any operation not corresponding to the specifications or
intended use may result in hazards, which in turn may lead to serious injuries
or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks). AGFA will not assume any
liability whatsoever in these cases.
NOTE:
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which
could be mixed up with diagnostic relevant information. If there is any doubt
that the diagnostic information could not be absolutely true, additional
investigations must be performed to get a clear diagnostic.
When operating or maintaining the Drystar 5300, always observe the following
safety guidelines:
Have electrical or mechanical defects repaired by qualified personnel only!
Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
Ventilation openings should not be covered.
Always switch off the Drystar 5300 and disconnect the power cord from the
outlet before carrying out any maintenance work.
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the printer: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
NOTE:
Film jam removal or cleaning the printer thermal head can be done without
switching the power off. Nevertheless, care should be taken and the
following instructions should be respected:
Always take into account the markings provided on the inside and outside of
the printer. A brief overview of these markings and their meaning is given
below.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 1
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Safety warning, indicating that the DRYSTAR 5300 User and

Reference Manuals should be consulted before making any
connections to other equipment. The use of accessory equipment
not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this
printer may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting
system. Consideration relating to the choice of accessory
equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment
has been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC
60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-2 harmonized national standard.
In addition, all configurations must comply with the medical
electrical systems standard IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes
the connections acts as system configurator and is responsible
for complying with the systems' standard. If required contact your
Agfa Service Organization.
In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any
covers.
Caution hot:
Keep hands clear from the Thermal Print Head.
Type B equipment:
Indicates that the DRYSTAR 5300 complies within the limits for
type B equipment.
Supplementary protective earth connector:
Provides a connection between the DRYSTAR 5300 and the
potential equalization busbar of the electrical system as found in
medical environments. This plug should never be unplugged
before the power is turned off and the power plug has been
removed.
Intergrounding connector:
Provides a connection between the printer and other equipment
which might exhibit minor ground potential differences. These
differences may degrade the quality of communication between
different equipment. Never remove connections to this terminal.
Protective earth (ground):
Provides a connection between the printer and the protective
earth of the mains. Do not remove this connection, because this
will have a negative influence on the leakage current.
Power/Reset Button:
Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall
outlet in order to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.

Chapter 9 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Precautions for use in USA only:

Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the
printer is connected to a 240 V/60 Hz source instead of a
120 V/60 Hz source.
Transport after installation
Before moving the printer, always switch off the machine. The DRYSTAR
5300 should always be transported by 2 persons. When doing this, the
stability and the structure of the table top have to be taken into account. The
printer should not be placed on a soft surface, since this might prevent
appropriate ventilation and cause overheating. Nothing else should be
installed on the same table, and measures should be taken to prevent table
shock, while this may cause image artifacts. The appliance shall only be
transported with all covers closed. The appliance shall not be transported
continuously from one location to the other. Do not lift the printer by the
output tray.
Waste disposal and environmental regulations
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and/or
on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as
household waste.
Instead it shall be handled over to the applicable collection point for the
recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. For more detailed
information about take-back and recycling of this product, please contact
your local Agfa service organization.
By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent
potential negative consequences for the environment and human health,
which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this
product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. If
your equipment contains easy removable batteries or accumulators please
dispose these separately according to your local requirements.
1.2
Security Precautions
CAUTION:
(U.S.A. only): In accordance with U.S. Law, this device can only be sold to
or ordered by a licensed physician.
CAUTION:
Printed images should be treated as patient records and should only be
viewed by authorized personnel.
CAUTION:
It is good practice not to delete images from the modality, until they are
correctly printed.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 3
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Introduction
NOTE:
The maintenance steps described in this document are based on the
technically required measures to guarantee the proper operation of the
printer.
The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable
order to make the work routines as efficient as possible. The sequence of the
maintenance points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with the
maintenance instructions.
Additional maintenance steps can be required according to national
regulations.
2.1
Maintenance Frequency
The maintenance has to be carried out:
every 25.000 printed films, or
every 12 months, whichever comes first.
2.2
Required Time
Time required for the maintenance: 2 hours,
2.3
Required Tools
Description
Order Number / Comment
Calibrated densitometer
recommended types are

MacBeth TR-924
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
X-Rite 331
X-Rite 341
Gretag D200-2
Flash light
commercially available
Loupe 8x
CM+9.9579.9904.0
Service PC with Density
For Service PC specifications refer to chapter
Reproduction Check Exel 3.2, Tools.
Sheet
The Density Reproduction Check Exel Sheet is
available via MEDNET, GSO Library:
Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General
Services Info => Application Info
Waterproof pen
commercially available
Wrist strap
CM+9.9999.0830.0

Chapter 9 / 4
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
2.4
Maintenance
Required Cleaning Material

Cleaning material
Order Number
Agfa Cleaning Tissue (as alternative to

Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol and Lint
free cloth). Box of 50 pieces.
or
CM+309931.0
Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol
Commercially available
Lint free cloth
Commercially available
Ink eraser 'Pelikan'
10+9.9999.1176.0
Vacuum cleaner
2.5
220/240V, 50Hz
CM+9.9999.0895.0
110/115V, 60Hz
CM+9.9999.0896.0
Required Spare Parts

The following spare parts are part of the Maintenance-assortment
CM+0 5365 0999 733
Description
Order Number
Case of Exchange/ Usage
Air Filter
CM+343350.X
Exchange each maintenance
NOTE:
Always have the latest Drystar 5300 software patches available on the
Service PC. They can be downloaded from MEDNET, GSO Library.
Depending of the urgency and classification of a software patch it might be
necessary to update the printer software.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 5
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Diagnostics
The diagnostics before the maintenance comprise following tasks:
Task
3.1
Details see..
Questioning of the Customer
3.1
Infocounter Analysis
3.2
Image Quality Check
3.3
Questioning of the Customer

Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last
maintenance.
3.2
Infocounter Analysis
To view the infocounter a service PC is required.
Two possibilities exist to get the infocounter on the Service PC
(see also Figure 1)
Type of Infocounter analysis:
Refer to ...
Via Printers Infocounters Report
3.2.1
Via Service Command session
3.2.2
NOTE:
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via Printers
Infocounters Report', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
Method B, 'Via Service Command session ' might be useful, when you can
access a PC in the hospital network for a short time, to save the infocounter
file on the printer CF card for analysis on the Service PC.

Chapter 9 / 6
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
7 Service Actions
5 Logging
2. Infocounters
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Scalingtools
Setup
Connectivity
Welcome to this
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
1. To printer flash card
Modules
2. To this computer
Module repair
Go back
536509cf.cdr
Figure 1
3.2.1
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

Required Tools
Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter.
network
Explorer 5)
Tools - Printer Infocounters
Report"
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 2

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 7
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
3.2.2
Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session

Required Tools
Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter
network
Explorer 5)
Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 5
Logging - 2 Infocounters"
(5) Save the infocounter file to the
service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the infocounters ZIP file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file
as described in section 3.2.3,
3.2.3
Service PC
536532el.cdr
Figure 3

infocounter
Comment
1.1 Serial number and

Installation date
Compare device serial number with chapter 8

Manufacturing Standard Modification to
determine whether the device possibly requires a
modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), HW Modification
History, to check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info
Compare the currently installed SW version with

the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8,
SW releases, patches. In case a recommended
SW patch is available, install this SW patch (This
is done during step "SW patch installation",
section 5.2).

Chapter 9 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
infocounter
Comment
2.3 Reliability
Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher

fault rates need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware Modification

History
By comparing the status of the device with the

available modifications (refer to Technical
Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware
status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification

history
By checking the software modification history it

can be determined, whether a recent software
upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite
often in the error list in the past
5.3 Retries
Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints)

have to be investigated: They may reduce the
throughput of the device.
5.7 Error History
Check which errors occurred in the last days,

how often they appeared as well as the CBF
(cycles between failures) of these errors. This
gives an overview of the current status of the
machine.

relative) and
Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the

technical documentation, chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.

total):

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 9
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
3.3
Image Quality Check

"Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Print Testimage"
(2) Print following test images on the
largest format available in the film
magazines:
STI1.ZIP
STI2.ZIP
medical_image.ZIP
The test image as displayed
in Figure 4 to Figure 6 will be
printed.
(3) Mark the test films with a
waterproof pen as testfilm before
maintenance
Figure 4: STI1.ZIP
Figure 5: STI2.ZIP
Figure 6: medical_image.ZIP

Chapter 9 / 10
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Maintenance Points - Power off

The maintenance with powered-off machine comprises following tasks:
Task
4.1
Details: see...
Check of general Condition
4.1
Check of Condition of Belts and Gears
4.2
Visual Check of the Cables
4.3
Replacement of the Air Filter Module
4.4
Cleaning of Electronics
4.5
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet
4.6
Check and Cleaning of Drum
4.7
Check of Guide Pin Screws at Thermal Print Head
4.8
Cleaning of Thermal Print Head
4.9
Electrical Check
4.10
Check of general Condition

(1) Perform a visual check of
Power- and network cables.
Covers
The Output tray
The Input tray.
(2) Disconnect the power and network cable
(3) Remove the left and right cover to prepare the printer for the next steps
(4) Remove the films in the film tray including white plastic sheet
4.2
Check of Condition of Belts and Gears

(1) Check all belts and gears for visible wear
4.3
Visual Check of the Cables

(1) Check cables inside the printer: The insulation may not show any sign of
wear or damage.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 11
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
4.4
Replacement of the Air Filter Module

(1) Open the top cover
(2) Remove the four screws at the air
filter module.
(3) Remove the filter module. See
important note below.
(4) Insert the new air filter module
(5) Fasten the four screws
(6) Close top cover
Figure 7
IMPORTANT:
Take care that no dust falls into the printer when removing the filter module.
4.5
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment

(1) Remove the EMI shielding
(2) Clean the electronics
compartment with a vacuum
cleaner.
536509bv.cdr
Figure 8
4.6
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet

(1) Clean the power supply air inlet
with a vacuum cleaner.
536509bu.cdr
Figure 9

Chapter 9 / 12
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
4.7
Maintenance
Check and Cleaning of Drum

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Open the top cover

Open the "Hold down bracket"
Open the TH Module
Remove the flat belt
Check the drum for dirt or
damage by turning at the drum
drive pulley.
(6) In case signs of damage are
visible, also check the STI2 test
image printed under step "3.3
Image Quality Check": A damage
will be visible in the flatfield area
of the STI2 test image in distance
of 111 mm.
(7) Clean the rubber of the drum with
a lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol
(8) Remount the flat belt
4.8
536509bt.cdr
Figure 10
Check of Guide Pin Screws at Thermal Print Head

(1) Check the screws of the guide
pins.
At printers with SN 1715 they
can be loose, leading to slightly
lighter areas at one edge of the
film.
536509bx.cdr
Figure 11

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 13
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
4.9
Cleaning of Thermal Print Head

(1) Clean the TH resistor line with a
lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl - alcohol or a
cleaning tissue.
The last cleaning action must
be carried out in one way!
For the Isopropyl alcohol
observe the rule: As less water
is in the alcohol as better. We
recommend using a 90%
Isopropyl alcohol.
(2) Remount all covers
(3) Insert both input trays
Figure 12
CAUTION:
The electronic circuits under the IC cover can be damaged.
During cleaning do not press against the IC cover.
Only use very little alcohol to moisten the cloth.

Chapter 9 / 14
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
4.10
Maintenance
Electrical Check
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
4.10.1
Step
Task
Details see..
Perform the electrical check according to

National Regulations.
4.10.1
Perform the basic protective earth test
4.10.2
Electrical Check according to National Regulations.

(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
NOTE:
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each
12 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance)
depend on National Regulations.
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent
regulations.
4.10.2
Basic Protective Earth Test

Only perform the "basic protective
eart test" described here if the
national regulations do not
prescribe an electrical check.
(1) Use a multimeter that is
capable to measure a
resistance < 1 Ohm
(2) Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains input
(3) Put the other probe at a few
metallic parts, the customer
could touch.
The electrical resistance has to
be 0.2 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 13.
536509ba.cdr
Figure 13

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 15
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
(4) Insert the power cord at the

printer side; leave it
disconnected at the wall side.
(5) Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains
connector.
(6) Put the other probe at a few
metallic parts, the customer
could touch.
The electrical resistance in this
case has to be 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 14.
536531jk.cdr
Figure 14
IMPORTANT:
In case the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2
Ohm without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for
loose grounding connections!

Chapter 9 / 16
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Maintenance points - Power on

The maintenance with powered-on machine comprises following tasks:
Task
5.1
Details: see...
Check of Safety Switch
5.1
SW patch installation
5.2
Film Calibration
5.3
Density Reproduction Check
5.4
Test Image Evaluation
5.5
Host System Image Quality Check
5.6
Check of Safety Switch

(1) Switch on the printer. Wait till it
shows the READY screen (takes
approx. 5 minutes)
(2) Open top cover
(3) Check display message: It must
show "Please close top cover"
Safety Switch
536509ck.cdr
OPEN TOP COVER

Please close
Top Cover
Figure 15
5.2
(1) Install the latest SW patch, in case a recommended SW patch for the
printer is available. Refer to chapter 3.8, Software Releases, Patches.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 17
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
5.3
Film Calibration
How?

Calibration'
display.
536336as.cdr
Figure 16
5.4
Density Reproduction Check

Background
Information
With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type
between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the
printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values
are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"
(2) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 %
0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(3) To check linearity fill in the measured values in the corresponding
Density Reproduction Check Excel Sheet:
- Page "DS5300 DT2B" for DT2B films (B = Blue base film)
- Page "DS5300 DT2C" for DT2C films (C = Clear base film)
This Excel sheet can be downloaded from MedNet, GSO Library:
Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General Services Info =>
Application Info '.

Chapter 9 / 18
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
(4) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is
calculated automatically.
(5) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density
Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to
carry out a CDM calibration.
Select densitometer:
X-rite 341
4
Dmax = 314
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100%
20
20
0
0
90%
47
49,4
-2,4
0
80%
73
78,8
-5,8
0
70%
104
108,2
-4,2
0
60%
133
137,6
-4,6
0
50%
163
167
-4
0
40%
189
196,4
-7,4
0
30%
218
225,8
-7,8
0
20%
246
255,2
-9,2
0
10%
274
284,6
-10,6
0
0%
306
314
-8
0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot,
e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density
Lower limit
Upper limit
0
0
0
Density difference LinCheck image DT2B film in Ds 5302
30
-5
5
45
-7
7
20
60
-8
8
75
-9
9
15
90
-10
10
X-rite 310
105
-11
11
10
X-rite 331
120
-12
12
X-rite 341
5
135
-12
12
X-rite 301
Lower limit
150
-13
13
Mac Beth TR924
0
Upper limit
165
-13
13
Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180
-14
14
-5
195
-14
14
210
-14
14
-10
225
-15
15
-15
240
-15
15
255
-15
15
-20
270
-16
16
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
285
-16
16
Target Density
300
-16
16
315
-16
16
Density Difference
Density Reproduction = OK
No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
536609af.cdr
Figure 17
NOTE:
The measured density values have to be entered without decimal point. (e.g.
measured value = .23, value to enter = 23)

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 19
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
5.5
Test Image Evaluation

Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage".
(2) Print following test images on the largest format available in the film
trays:
STI1.ZIP
STI2.ZIP
medical_image.ZIP
(3) Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilms after maintenance
(4) Check all three images at the lightbox. Following items must been
checked:
o Line artifacts in transport direction
o Line artifacts vertical to the transport direction
o Point artifacts
o Surface artifacts
(5) Evaluate the test images at follows:
1. If no artifacts are seen on the STI1 / STI2 image continue with
step (6)
2. If artifacts seen on STI1 / STI2 image arent visible on the
medical_image continue with step (6).
3. In other case (i.e. artifacts which are visible in STI1 / STI2 are
visible on medical_image, too) refer to Technical Documentation
chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting
(6) Compare the test images "after maintenance" with the test images made
"before maintenance": The image quality of the last printed
medical_image and STI1/STI2 test image must be equal or better than
the images made before maintenance.

Chapter 9 / 20
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
5.6
Maintenance
Host System Image Quality Check

(1) Print a diagnostic image from every host system.
(2) Check images of each host at the lightbox for artifacts in diagnostic
image.
(3) In case artifacts are visible, compare with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2
image.
o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2 image, refer to
Technical Documentation chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting.
o In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in
STI1 / STI2 image, initiate a service call of modality service engineer

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 21
DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance
Completion of the Maintenance

The Completion of the maintenance comprises following tasks:
Task
6.1
Details see..
Backup Data on CF Card
6.1
Reset of Maintenance Action Counters and relative

Counters in the Infocounter
6.2
Customer Conversation
6.3
Backup Data on CF Card

(1) Open the input tray
(2) Take out the "Backup CF Card"
(3) Insert the CF card in the printer
CF card reader
(4) In the Key-operator menu select
"4 Save configuration".
printer display.
536509gh.cdr
Figure 18
536532ac.cdr
Figure 19

Chapter 9 / 22
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
6.2
Maintenance
Reset of Maintenance Action Counters and relative Counters in the

Infocounter
(1) In the Browser menu select "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 4 Clear relative
counters".
(2) Select ' 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 1 Maintenance Settings'
(3) Select 'y' for yes at each desired 'Reset Item'
(4) Select "Accept Changes". Refer to Figure 20
(5) When leaving the Service menu select "Preventive maintenance" as
service action.
Welcome to this

Maintenance Action
Cycles Factory
to go settings
3504
Current
settings
Active Reset Item
Y
N
Y
N
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 23504 25000
Y
25000 N
Y
N
Y
62500 N
Y
N
5000
5000
62400 62500
Service Maintenance required
4855
500
100
Y
N
Y
N
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
2
Accept Changes
Discard Changes
Reset Values
536509fk.cdr
Figure 20
6.3
Customer Conversation
(1) Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.
(2) Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 9 / 23
HEALTHCARE
Maintenance
Checklist
Order-No.: DD+DIS271.05E
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Work Instruction for order no.
SN
Film cycles
The maintenance has to be carried out:

Every 12 months or 25 000 printed films
Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions DD+DIS271.05E.
Diagnostics
OK
Questioning of the
customer
Questioning of the customer about problems with

the printer.
Infocounter analysis
Read-out and analyzation of the infocounter
Image quality check
Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image for

comparison with test images at final system check
not
OK


DD+DIS271.05E
Maintenance Checklist
Maintenance points - Power off

OK
Check of general
condition
Visual check of power and network cable.
Check of condition of
belts and gears
Visual check of all belts and gears in the printer.
Visual check of the

cables
Check of cables inside the printer for damage
not
OK
Visual check of covers and film magazines
Replacement of the Air Remove old air filter module and mount the new
Filter Module
one (part of maintenance kit)
Cleaning of Electronics Cleaning of the Electronic rack with a vacuum
rack
cleaner.
Cleaning of Power
supply air inlet
Cleaning of the Power supply air inlet with a

vacuum cleaner
Check and Cleaning of Check of the rubber of the drum for damage.
Drum
Cleaning of the rubber of the drum with a lint free
cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or
Ethanol.
Check of Guide Pin
Screws at Thermal
Print Head
Check the screws of the guide pins.

At printers with SN 1715 they can be loose,
leading to slightly lighter areas at one edge of the
film.
Cleaning of Thermal
print head
Cleaning of the Thermal print head with a lint free

cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol
Electrical check
Check of the protective earth resistance

Maintenence Checklist Page 2 / 4

DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
DD+DIS271.05E
OK
not
OK
OK
not
OK
Maintenance points - Power on

Check of safety switch
Opening of top cover to check function of safety

switch
Installation of SW patch, in case a recommended

SW patch for the printer is available
Film calibration
Calibration of the films
Density Reproduction
Check
Density Reproduction Check to confirm proper

operating CDM. Execution of CDM calibration if
not okay.
Test image evaluation
Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image
Comparison with test images made during printer

diagnostics
Check for artifacts on the film. In case of artifacts

in STI1 / STI2 and medical test image
troubleshooting as described in chapter 3.3
Troubleshooting.
Printing of diagnostic image from every host

system
Check concerning artifacts in diagnostic image.

Comparison with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2
image.
Host system image

quality check
o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2

image, troubleshooting as described in chapter
3.3 Troubleshooting.
o In case artifact is only visible in images of a
specific host but not in STI1 / STI2 image,
initiation of service call of modality service
engineer
Completion
Backup
Backup of machine specific parameters on

CF card
Reset of Maintenance
action counters and
relative infocounter
Reset of Maintenance action counters

Reset of relative infocounter
Confirmation of the maintenance in the printer
service menu.
Customer conversation Explanation of results of preventive maintenance.

2006-08-04
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100

DD+DIS271.05E
Remarks:
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................
...................................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician
Customer


DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
2006-08-04
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10
Imaging Services
Service Bulletins
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Please note
Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for Download.
Please download the Service Bulletins from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Printers Drystar 5300 Service Bulletin


service_bulletin_cover_e_template_v01
DD+DIS008.04E
Service Bulletins

01-2008
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
Chapter 10 / 2
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11
Imaging Services
DRYSTAR 5300
Type 5365/100
5_
536
r
l.cd
tite
00_
01
This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS348.05E.

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.

eq_11_install-planning_e_template_v04
DD+DIS348.05E
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)

the equipment.
(2)
on the product.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 2
DD+DIS348.05E

This document contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried
out on site prior to the machine delivery.
This chapter is divided into:
construction planning data
technical connection and performance data
safety instructions, listing of certificates
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.8:
1.9
12-2007
Added detailed specifications for power cables which

are part of delivery. See section 3.1
Corrected wrong outlet and cable specification for US:

Wrong: NEMA 6-15p outlet/cable
Correct: NEMA 5-15p outlet/cable.
See section 8.
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 3
DD+DIS348.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST................................................................................6
SYSTEM OVERVIEW...............................................................................................................7
SCOPE OF DELIVERY AND ACCESSORIES.........................................................................8

3.1
Scope of Delivery......................................................................................................................8
3.2
Accessories...............................................................................................................................9
MACHINE DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................10
MINIMUM FREE SPACE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .....................................12
SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................................................13
6.1
Network Integration Parameters .............................................................................................13
6.2
Modality Setup Parameters.....................................................................................................15
6.3
Setup of Security and Privacy (optional).................................................................................17
6.3.1
List of Key-Operator, Service People and Specialists with Access Rights.............................17
6.3.2
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server Parameters................................................................19
6.3.3
Availability of Certificates ........................................................................................................19
6.4
Service Host Parameters ........................................................................................................19
6.5
Example for System Integration..............................................................................................20
AMBIENT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................21

7.1
During Operation.....................................................................................................................21
7.2
During Transport and Storage ................................................................................................21
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..............................................................................................22

8.1
Electrical Connections at the Printer.......................................................................................23
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................24
9.1
Type Overview ........................................................................................................................24
9.2
Functional Data .......................................................................................................................24
9.2.1
Pixel Matrices..........................................................................................................................25
9.3
Electrical Data .........................................................................................................................25
9.4
Climatic Data...........................................................................................................................25
9.5
Sound Emission Data .............................................................................................................25
9.6
Interface Data..........................................................................................................................26
12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 4
DD+DIS348.05E
10
9.7
Service Data............................................................................................................................26
9.8
Dimensions and Weight ..........................................................................................................26
9.8.1
Dimensions, packed Machine .................................................................................................26
9.8.2
Dimensions, closed Machine ..................................................................................................26
9.8.3
Dimensions, opened Machine.................................................................................................27
9.8.4
Weight .....................................................................................................................................27
SAFETY STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .......................................................................28

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 5
DD+DIS348.05E
Installation Planning Checklist
Step
Goal
See
Okay
section
1.
Make yourself familiar with the

System Overview
To see in which surrounding the printer

will be installed
2.

scope of delivery
Basic information, to see whether

additional, site specific material for
installation might be required
3.1
3.

available accessories
To be able to order required accessories

before the installation
3.2
4.
Have a look at the machine

dimensions
To be able to check, whether the printer

fits in the desired installation place
5.
Check the required free space

around the printer.
To see whether enough free space for

operation, repair and maintenance is
available.
6.
Organize the required network

parameters to hook up the printer
in the existing network.
To have all parameters in advance, to

prevent a delay during installation
7.
Get up-to-date Connectivity

Release Documents for the
modalities which shall print on the
printer
To be prepared for modality specific

adjustments at the printer
8.
Compare the required ambient

and climatic conditions with the
condition at the installation place.
To prevent installation of the printer in an

inappropriate environment, leading to
functional faults.
9.
Check the required electrical

connection
To be able to initiate all required

prerequisites in advance to allow proper
electrical connections
10. Make yourself familiar with the

printer specifications
To have all printer parameters available

which might be required for people who
are in involved in installation and
operation of the printer.
11. Have a look at the printer safety

standards and regulations
To have the safety standards and

regulations for which the printer is tested
available in case they are requested by
the hospital administration.
10
12. Confirm the installation readiness
To be sure that all required preinstallation conditions are fulfilled.
6.2
Last
Page

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 6
DD+DIS348.05E
System Overview
536511JQ.CDR
Figure 1
Item
Comment
Modality
The modality has to support the DICOM print

protocol
DRYSTAR 5300
Dry printer for 14x17" or 14x11" DT2 films
HIPAX DICOM
Printbroker (optional)
Print queue buffer. Only required in case the 512 MB

or 1 GB RAM are not sufficient for the application.
Refer to section 3.2.
NOTE:
Remark to an installation in a 'HIPAA conform environment':
In Figure 1 two additional, optional modules are not listed:
1) Audit logging server: This is a computer in the networking allowing to store all
communication between the different devices in the network.
2) NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server: This is a computer providing time
synchronization. It is useful for audit logging, so that all messages of all
devices have the same time reference.
Both devices are only required in a 'HIPAA' environment, where high data security is
required.
For more information refer to section 6.3.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 7
DD+DIS348.05E
Scope of Delivery and Accessories
3.1
Scope of Delivery
NOTE:
The printer is delivered with all parts, which are required to install it in an existing
Ethernet network.
Device name:
DRYSTAR 5300
Type:
5365/100
ABC Code
ENBYN
Scope of delivery
1 Basic DRYSTAR 5300 including:

- 1 input trays adjustable for 11 x 14 or 14 x 17 films
1 Compact Flash card (stored in backup CF card slot in input tray)

2 power cables, 3 m long (Europe / US)
1 UTP network cable, 5 m long (2 x RJ45 connection) incl. extension piece
1 Reference manual (English)
1 User Manual (English)
1 CD with all user manuals and Plug&Play installation manuals in all languages*
1 packing list
1 Plug and Play Installation manual (English)
25 films 14x17" DT 2B for test purposes
2 sets film type labels
1 Wrench 13 mm
1 pozidriv screwdriver
1 Output tray adjustment tool
1 Chinese warning sticker
1 CE declaration of conformity
1 China ROHS declaration
1 Installation Report
*available languages: Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian,
Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Vietnamese

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 8
DD+DIS348.05E
IMPORTANT:
The printer is delivered with two 3 m power cables. See Figure 8.
For US: NEMA 5-15P with IEC C13 plug (female)
For Europe: CEE7/7 with IEC C13 plug (female)
Organize a power cable for your country locally.
See section 8 for Mains connection in the installation room specifications.
3.2
Accessories
Device
Order Number
ABC Code
1 GB RAM. Refer to note 1 below.
CM+343360.0
EP5UA
Mobile installation kit.

Refer to Note 2 below.
--
Upgrade Kit SW Rel. 2.0.0_C1
EO6C4
CM+343357.0
ERA3Q
NOTE 1:
The 1 GB RAM module may be required, in case extended print spooling capacity is
required. This is usually the case if one or more of the connected modalities are printing
in page mode.
In case the spooling capacity with 1 GB RAM is not enough, the installation of a HIPAX
DICOM Printbroker is recommended. Refer to section 2.
RAM Size
Spooling
capacity
# 1 MB images*
# 22 MB images**
512 MB (default)
295 MB
295
13
1 GB (option)
645 MB
645
29
* 1 MB is a typical image size, in case a modality sends in image mode.

** 22 MB is the image size for a 14x17" film, in case the modality sends in page mode.
NOTE 2:
The mobile installation kit is required in following
cases:
In case the DRYSTAR 5300 is installed in
a truck together with a diagnostic device
(mobile application).
In case of an installation in areas at risk of
earthquakes
5365_reg11_007_e.cdr
Figure 2: Mobile Installation Kit

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 9
DD+DIS348.05E
NOTE:
REMOTE SERVICE:
In general it is possible to diagnose and repair the printer to a certain extent remotely.
To enable remote service of the printer remote access has first to be organized.
Remote Access is established via the Agfa own Secure Remote Service System
(SRSS).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET GSO Library - Technical
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS
Machine Dimensions
359 mm
14.1 inch
Closed machine:
5365_reg11_001_e.eps
Figure 3

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 10
DD+DIS348.05E
595 mm / 23.4 inch
Opened machine:
5365_reg11_003_e.eps
Figure 4

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 11
DD+DIS348.05E
Minimum free Space for Operation and Maintenance
536511aa.cdr
Space required for operation
Space required for installation and repair
Figure 5
NOTE:
In case the minimum free space for installation and repair is not available, the printer
can be carried at a different place. The printer weight is 55 kg (121 lb). It can in
general be carried by two people.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 12
DD+DIS348.05E
System Integration
The system integration comprises the following tasks:
Task
Refer to
Network integration of the printer
6.1
Modality setup
6.2
Setup of security and privacy (optional)
6.3
Setup of the Agfatek Link Service Host
6.4
For each of these steps various parameters are required in advance. They can be
entered in the following tables:
6.1
Network Integration Parameters

To connect the printer to the hospital network, the following parameters are required by
the hospital network administrator:
Parameter
Default
Value
Printer IP address
169.254.10.10
.............................................
Hostname
ds5300
.............................................
Subnet mask
255.255.0.0
.............................................
Router IP address
.............................................
Printer AE title*
DS5300
.............................................
Domain name
.............................................
The Hospital Network Administrator needs the following information about the printer:
Network connection
RJ45 UTP, 100BaseT acc. to IEC601
Transmission protocol
DICOM Version 3.0; FTP, Telnet, HTTP, SNMP,

SMTP
Image formats
DICOM

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 13
DD+DIS348.05E
*NOTE:
It is possible to define more than one AE title at the printer this means it's
possible to have two or more logical DRYSTAR 5300 printers.
To configure logical SCP printers can be necessary, in case for example printing is
initiated at a PACS system, which has several modalities as input.
Example:
The PACS system collects CR and CT images.
CR images shall be printed with taste LUT Kanamori
CT images shall be printed with linear taste LUT.
Problem:
The workstation at the PACS system has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR 5300 does
not recognize, for which type of modality (CR or CT) the user wants to print.
Solution:
Create one logical printer 'DRYSTAR5300_CR' and one 'DRYSTAR5300_CT'.
Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers, one with Kanamori
LUT, the other with linear taste LUT.
In the workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the proper logical
printer, depending on the application.
The number of logical SCP printers is not limited. As each configured SCP server
consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as possible. Rule of
thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 14
DD+DIS348.05E
6.2
Modality Setup Parameters

To connect the printer to the DICOM modality, the following parameters are required by
the hospital network administrator:
Modality 1: ................................................... (nickname* of the modality; max. 8

characters (letters/figures))
Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 15
DD+DIS348.05E
NOTE:
*Nickname: The name of the modality which is used by the personnel.
Example: The workstation "Siemens Icon Power PC" could be named
"Icon" in the daily use. At the printer configuration this name is entered
as "nickname".
IMPORTANT:
For printer connectivity have the up-to-date Interface Status Report and
corresponding Connectivity Release Document available:
Interface Status Report:
The up-to-date interface status report lists all modalities, for which the connectivity to
the DRYSTAR 5300 is tested and released.
The ISR (Interface Status Report) is available on MEDNET - HealthCare Library General Info - Connectivity & Application - Interface Status Report - Application Info
(only via Intranet not via Internet).
The ISR also lists the Connectivity Release Document numbers.
Example see Figure 6
DRYSTAR 4500(M)/5500/5300
PHILIPS, CR
EASYVISION RAD 4.2
Image :
ETHERNET II
DICOM 3.0
Control :
ETHERNET II
DICOM PRINT MANAGEMENT SCU
Status :
Released for installation
Document : 000874
Remarks :
5365_reg11_006_e.cdr
Connectivity Release
Document Number
Figure 6
Connectivity Release Documents:
Specific connectivity information for the DRYSTAR 5300 can be found in the
Connectivity Release Documents.
The Connectivity Release Documents are available on MEDNET (Intranet and
Internet), Imaging Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 16
DD+DIS348.05E
6.3
Setup of Security and Privacy (optional)

In case HIPAA compliance is required, following items have to be checked in advance:
Item
Refer to
Users and service people who may have access
6.3.1
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters
6.3.2
Availability of certificates
6.3.3
NOTE:
The parameters for 'Security and Privacy' have to be determined and entered by the
'hospital security responsible person'.
Please hand out the pages of this subsection (6.3) to the 'hospital security responsible
person'.
6.3.1
List of Key-Operator, Service People and Specialists with Access Rights

The list of Key-operators is limited to 50. The Key-Operator has access to the KeyOperator webpages of the printer.
Following conventions are valid:
Username: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters
Network password: min. 4 characters, max 10 characters

#
User name
Password
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 17
DD+DIS348.05E
The list of service people is limited to 8. The service people have access to the
service web pages.

#
Service person name
Password
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The list of Specialists is limited to 1. The Specialist has access to the specialist web
pages.

#
Specialist name
Password
1.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 18
DD+DIS348.05E
6.3.2
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server Parameters

To setup the Audit Logging and NTP server in the printer, request the following
parameters from the hospital network administrator:
6.3.3
Parameter
Value
Audit Logging IP address
................................................................
Audit Logging port number
................................................................
NTP server IP address
...............................................................
NTP server port number
...............................................................
Availability of Certificates
Check with the hospital network administrator, that certificates are available for all
devices, which shall be HIPAA compliant.
NOTE:
Agfa devices which are according to the HIPAA specifications have Agfa
certificates already loaded.
All certificates issued by Agfa have a validity period of 10 years
6.4
Service Host Parameters

NOTE:
The AGFATEK LINK Service Host is optional in the network.
It is an optional part of the SRSS (Secure Remote Service System).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET GSO Library - Technical
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS
Parameter
Default
Value
Service Host IP address
192.9.200.155
.............................................
Phone Number
--
.............................................

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 19
DD+DIS348.05E
6.5
Example for System Integration
Figure 7

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 20
DD+DIS348.05E
Ambient Conditions
7.1
During Operation
7.2
Ambient temperature:
min.:
max.:
+15C (59F)
+30C (86F)
Relative humidity:
(non condensing)
min.:
max.:
20%
75%
During Transport and Storage

NOTE:
Climate conditions for storage must be in accordance with

EN60721-3-1-class 1K4
Climate conditions for transport must be in accordance with

EN60721-3-2(1993)-class 2K4
Ambient temperature
min.:
- 25C (-13F)
during storage:
max.:
+ 55C (131F)
Relative humidity
min.:
max.:
10%
95%
min.:
max.:
0.1 g/m
35 g/m
Rate of temperature
change during storage
max.:
1 C/min.
Air pressure during

storage
Min.
max.:
70 kPa
106 kPa
Ambient temperature
during transport:
min.:
- 40C (-40F)
max.:
+ 70C (158F)
Relative humidity
during transport:
min.:
max.:
10%
95%
during storage:
Absolute humidity
during storage:

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 21
DD+DIS348.05E
Electrical Connections
Installation guidelines
Electrical installations have to be done in accordance

with national regulations. Examples:
VDE
(Germany) Electrical installations in the

installation room must be in compliance with the
regulations IEC 364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.
UL
(US) Electrical installations in the installation

room must be in compliance with the regulations:
National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).
IMPORTANT:
A ground fault interrupter (GFI) (IN = 30 mA) must be installed at a suitable point in
the circuit (in compliance with VDE 664).
Mains connection in the

installation room
Mains cable
(part of the delivery)
VDE
Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with

DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.
UL
Earthed contact outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug
EuroVersion:
CEE7/7 - H05VV - F3G - 3 x 2.5 mm with

IEC C13 plug (female); cable length 3 m
US/CANVersion:
NEMA 5-15P - SJT, 3 x AWG 18 with

IEC C13 plug (female); Cable length 3 m
US
Europe
IEC C13
CEE7/7
IEC C13
NEMA 5-15P
5366_chap11_001.cdr
Figure 8
Network cable
(part of the delivery)
UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m
Main switch
Upon machine installation, it must be ensured that either

the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the
installation on site is located close to the machine and
easily accessible.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 22
DD+DIS348.05E
8.1
Electrical Connections at the Printer
5365_Reg11_005_e.cdr
Figure 9
Network connection. RJ45 UTP for 100BaseT network,

according to IEC 601.
Service Interface. RS232 Interface male DTE 9 pin sub D

(nullmodem)
Equipotential plug.
Ground plug. 6 mm metric thread.
100 - 240 V AC power supply.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 23
DD+DIS348.05E
Specifications
9.1
Type Overview
9.2
Printer
Type
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
DRYPRO 821
5365/200
Functional Data
Film sizes
Throughput (films/hour)
st
Access time1 film approx. (seconds)

Printable area(pixels)
11x14"
14x17"
11x14": 100
14x17": 70
77
Refer to 9.2.1
resolution(DPI)
320 (79.375 m Pixel size)
Bits per pixel / number of grey steps
12 / 4096
Daylight film loading
yes
Size of film magazine
100 films
Image recording type
Direct thermography
Densitometer built in
yes
Automatic density control
yes
Internal Compact Flash card capacity
128 MB
RAM Memory
Themis: 512 MB*
Warm-up time
Approx. 5 min. (cold printer)
* optional 1 GB. Refer to 3.2

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 24
DD+DIS348.05E
9.2.1
Pixel Matrices
The DRYSTAR 5300 has one supply tray that can be configured to either 11x14" or
14x17" film size. If trim is used around the images (trim is a small, white frame around
each image on the film), the diagnostic area is 10 pixels smaller at each edge of the
film.
DRYSTAR 5300 Diagnostic Printable Area in Pixels

No Annotations
Film Size
11x14"
14x17"
Portrait
Annotations
Landscape
Portrait
Landscape
Width
Height
Width
Height
Width
Height
Width
Height
3300
4256
4256
5174
4256
5174
3300
4256
3300
4256
3891
4809
4256
5174
2935
3891
Table 1: Pixel Matrices
9.3
Electrical Data
Rated voltage [~V]
100-240 AC (autosensing)
Frequency [Hz]
50/60
Power consumption [W]
70 standby
250 printing average
530 peak
9.4
Climatic Data
252 standby
900 printing average
1908 maximum
Heat emission [kJ/h]
9.5
Sound Emission Data

Noise level:
in standby:
in operation:
54 dB(A) maximum
64 dB(A) maximum

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 25
DD+DIS348.05E
9.6
DICOM 3.0 Print SCP
Maximum number of simultaneous

DICOM associations
10
Service Data
InfoCounter
yes
Error diagnostics built in
yes
Module exchange concept
yes
Remote/preventive service capable
yes
9.8
Dimensions and Weight
9.8.1
Dimensions, packed Machine
9.8.2
Interface Data
Image / control data interface
9.7
Length / depth (cm / inch)
90 / 35.4
Width (cm / inch)
83 / 32.7
Height (cm / inch)
51 / 20.1
Height incl. Pallet (cm / inch)
66 / 26.0
Dimensions, closed Machine
76 / 29.9
Width (cm / inch)
67 / 26.4
Height (cm / inch)
36 / 14.2

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 26
DD+DIS348.05E
9.8.3
9.8.4
Dimensions, opened Machine
74 / 29.1
Width (cm / inch)
67 / 26.4
Height (cm / inch)
60 / 23.6
Weight
Printer alone (kg / lb)
55 / 121
Printer with packing incl. palette (kg / lb)
82,5 / 181,9

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 27
DD+DIS348.05E
10
Safety Standards and Regulations
The Drystar 5300 has been tested and found to comply with the following international
standards and regulations:
the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC

CFR Part 21
The Drystar 5300 contains an automatic QC feature that has been
designed to comply with the grayscale reproduction constancy test,
according to the international standard IEC 1223-2-4.
Safety standards
IEC 60601-1 + A1 + A2
EN 60601-1 + A1 + A2
UL 60601-1
CSA 22.2 No. 601.1-M90
GB4943-2001 (for CCC-Mark)
Radio-interference regulations (interference suppression)
FCC Rules 47 CFR part 15 subpart B

IEC 60601-1-2
CISPR 11, class A
CISPR 22, class A
IEC 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-3-2
IEC 61000-3-3
IEC 61000-4-11
ETSI 300330
GB9254-1998(Class A) (for CCC-Mark)
GB17625.1-2003 (for CCC-Mark)
The DRYSTAR 5300 carries the FCC ID: HPL5365, CE, TUV, cULus and CCC label.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5300
5365/100
Chapter 11 / 28
INSTALLATION SITE
READINESS CHECKLIST
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Name of Field Service Engineer:

Client name:
Client address:
_________________ Checking date:____________
___________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Contact person,
name and title: ___________________________________________________________
Client phone number:
________________________
Extension:_________________
Type of systems: ___________________ Order /OGT number: _____________________
Item
Refer to
All parts, which are required additionally to the "scope of

delivery" are available at the installation site
The planned installation place has enough space for

installation, operation and repair
The required system integration parameters are available
The required connectivity Release Documents are available
The Host System is installed and the Host System Service

Engineer is scheduled to setup the printer at the host system.
--
The ambient conditions are within the given limits
The electrical connection is available as specified
okay
3.1
4 and 5
6
6.2
Remarks:______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Signature of the FSE or Product Specialist:

Published by
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany

DD+DIS008.04E
Glossary and Key Word Index
Chapter 12:
List of contents
1
2
Glossary .................................................................. 1
Key Word Index ..................................................... 11
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / I
DD+DIS008.04E
Glossary
2-Propanol (Isopropyl
alcohol)
Alcohol used for cleaning purposes.
A
ADC
Agfa Diagnostic Center.

A device developed by AGFA to scan X-ray
exposed phosphor plates.
AD Converter
Analog to Digital Converter.
AE-Title
Application Entity Title.

A DICOM capable device in the network is
unambiguously identified by its IP address,
hostname and AE-Title .
Drystar 5300 has the AE-Title "DS5300" by
default. The AE-Title for the Drystar 5300 in
the DICOM Host must be identical with the
AE-Title in the Drystar 5300 itself.
The AE-Title is set up during installation.
To make a clear distinction between AE-title
and IP address, it is recommended to use
only lower case characters for the hostname.
Preferably use the same name as for the AEtitle, but in lowercase.
AGFATEK LINK
Device out of the AGFATEK product

spectrum for remote service. Enables to make
a dial-up-networking connection between
local PC and the AGFA network.
Anti-static wrist strap
Wrist strap made of synthetic material with

integrated thread-like metal.
Used for "grounding" the service engineer
during service at printed circuit boards.
Prevents electronic components from being
destroyed by static discharge.
APIP
Agfa Picture Archiving Protocol. AGFA

network protocol for communication between
medical devices. More and more DICOM
supersedes APIP.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 1
DD+DIS008.04E
B
B/W
Black and White.
Battery RAM
A RAM component, whose contents is being

stored by the tension of a battery.
Blue Based Film
Film with a blue colored support layer.

The fog level of this film is approx. 0.2 O.D.
See also "Clear Based Film"
Browser
Application used for reading Internet pages.

The commonly used browsers are Microsoft
Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator.
C
Calibration
Process which determines a reproducible

correlation between input and output values.
CAN-Bus
Controlled Area Network Bus.

Bus system, originally developed by Bosch
and Intel for motor vehicles. It is a multimaster
system, which enables data transfer directly
between any number of systems.
Clear Based Film
Film with a transparent support layer.

The fog level of this film is approx. 0.15 O.D.
See also "Blue Based Film"
COM1, COM2
Names for the first two serial interfaces of a

computer
CPU (MEC) Board
Printed circuit board to control the main

functions of the printer, CPU.
CRIUS board
Printed circuit board to control the main

functions of the printer, CPU..
D
DA Converter
Chapter 12 / 2
Digital Analog Converter.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
DCE
Data Communications Equipment.

Term out of the RS232 specification. DCE
equipment sends data on pin 3 and receives
on pin 2. The RS232 interface from modems
or PC's is almost always DCE. To connect a
DCE with a DTE device, a standard RS232
cable is required. To establish a DCE - DCE
connection, respectively a DTE - DTE
connection a null- modem cable is required.
See also DTE.
Densitometer
Device used for measuring the optical density

of the film.
DICOM
Digital Imaging and Communication in

Medicine.
A network protocol, which is wide spread in
the medical world, and used for interchanging
text and images.
DICOM PMS
DICOM Print Management Service.

A device which provides DICOM PMS
(= provider) makes it possible to print DICOM
images. A device which uses DICOM PMS
(= user) is able to control a DICOM printer.
The Drystar 5300 is a DICOM PMS Provider.
DIGINET
HTTP-based web server from MI CSO.

Can be reached via:
"http://year2000.agfa.com/BU/MI/index.nsf".
Dmin / Dmax
Minimal / maximal optical density on the film.
DNS
Domain Name System).

The DNS server builds up the connection
between IP-address and Domain name.
Domain Name
The Domain Name is the name for a device in

the network.
It provides for a more comfortable contact to a
network node by calling it via name instead of
the IP address. In the internet for example the
IP address 19.5.6.121 can be contacted by
the name 'johnson.com'. To identify a device
in the network via a name it has to be
registered in a DNS server. The network
system administrator determines the domain
name for Drystar 5300.
DPI
Dots Per Inch.

Pixels per Inch (1 inch = 2,54 cm)
DRA
Direct Remote Access.

Remote service
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 3
DD+DIS008.04E
DSH1
Density Sensor Head board.

Part of the MDM (macrodensitometer).
"1" stands for the version of the board.
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment.

Term out of the RS232 Specification. DTE
equipment sends data on pin 2 and receives
on pin 3.
See also DCE.
E
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable, Programmable Read

Only Memory.
Memory chip that can be electronically erased
and programmed again.
EMC
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility.
EMI
ElectroMagnetic Interference.
EPROM
Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory.

Memory chip that can be erased by ultraviolet
light and be electronically programmed again.
Ethernet
Network carrier technology for LANs (Local

Area Networks).
F
FIFO
Film batch
Film Sensitometry
Film type
FireWire
Flash EPROM
Chapter 12 / 4
First In, First Out.

Way of storing data that first selects the data
that have been entered first.
Used in (print) queues.
Number printed on the film packet.
It changes with every new film emulsion. Only
the films with the same film batch have
exactly the same characteristics.
Calibration of the film.
By calibrating, the printer gets a table with
certain density values for certain control
values.
Film of a certain producer or a similar
producer but with different characteristics
(sensitivity, contrast).
Serial bus standard also known as
IEEE1394. Data rate up to 400 Mb/s.
An EPROM in which data have to be deleted
in fixed blocks instead of separate bytes.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
Fog level
Lowest optical density that can be measured

on the film.
FPGA
Field Programmable Gate Array.

A logic chip, which can be programmed. An
FPGA can be programmed after its
production.
FSE
Field Service Engineer. Service technician.
FTP
File Transfer Protocol.

A network protocol required for file transfer
within the network.
H
Heat sink
Assembly to absorb and dissipate heat.

It is used with the thermal print head to
dissipate its surplus heat energy.
HTTP
HyperText Transmission Protocol.

Protocol that determines the data format and
the way of transmission of HTML-pages in the
World Wide Web (WWW).
Host
In the computer world a host computer is a

device, which provides services and settings
for other computers.
Especially in the world of medical devices a
host system is the device at which the printer
is going to be connected to.
Hyper Terminal
A Windows program used for serial data

communication between two computers.
ICM
Image Composition Map.

Complete image data for a complete film.
These image data correspond to the several
pixels on the film that is going to be printed.
IEC
International Electro technical Commission
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 5
DD+DIS008.04E
Infocounter
File in the printer, which logs lots of

information and events.
The infocounter contains for example the date
of the installation, the SW version and all the
errors that have occurred.
IR Sensor
InfraRed-temperature sensor
IP-Address
Internet Protocol Address.

A 32 Bit address, which is assigned to each
TCP/IP host. Example: 192.9.200.201.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network.

Telecommunication network which allows
different ways of communication (language,
text, data, images) to be transferred in one
united public net.
J
Java
An object oriented programming language

developed by the American company Sun
Microsystems. It is independent of the
computer system used.
Java is used for browsers in the WWW.
K
KEY5 Assy
Printed circuit board to control the printer

keypad.
L
LCD-Display
Liquid Crystal Display.

By supplying a voltage the liquid crystals are
arranged such that a contrast is visible.
LED
Light Emitting Diode.

Diode which emits green, yellow or red light.
LUT
Look-Up Table,
contrast reference curve, e.g. Kanamori LUT.
M
MEC board
Chapter 12 / 6
Main Engine Controller board.

Printed circuit board that controls the printing
process. It has following main functions:
Reading the sensors; control of the motors;
serial interface to the power supply; control of
the thermal head. The MEC board has the
THEMIS board as a plug-in board.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
N
Netmask
Also called subnet mask. A 32 bit mask that

displays which bits are in use for the subnet
address. Subnets are used in a network to
keep it well-structured.
Null Modem Cable
A RS232 cable where all the wires are

crossed over. This way for example the
receive wire at the one side is connected with
the transmit wire of the other side.
O
O.D.
Optical Density
P
PACS
Picture Archiving and Communication

System.
PCB
Printed Circuit Board.
Pick-up Assembly
Assembly in the printer that takes in 100 films

and provides for the transport of a film out of
the input tray.
One of the individual dots that make up an
image on the film.
E.g. a 10x12" film contains 4968 x 5900
pixels.
DICOM Print Management Service.
A device that provides DICOM PMS
(= provider), makes printing of DICOM
images possible. A device using DICOM
PMS (= user) can control a DICOM printer.
Drystar 5300 is a DICOM PMS provider.
AGFA own operating system for medical
devices.
Imperative programming language for the
device independent description of print pages
which brings the complete data (text, images,
graphics) and their positions to a standardized
data structure. PostScript was developed in
1982 by the American company Adobe
Systems and evolved in the meantime to a
quasi-standard. A further development is
PostScript Level 2, which has got among
others things an optimized data compression.
Pixel
PMS
Portex
Postscript
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 7
DD+DIS008.04E
Print drum
A rubber drum in the printer that guides the

film along the thermal print head.
Prompt
A symbol that appears on a computer

terminal screen. Example: C:\>
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation.

A method to encode information by varying
the length of a pulse.
R
RAM
Random Access Memory

Free accessible memory. The RAM-board is
used to store intermediate data.
RJ45
Recommended Jack 45.

A connector specification used with UTP
cables. The connectors are 8-pole flat
connectors.
Router
A device in the network to connect two or

more networks. It routes incoming data
packages to the corresponding network. The
network system administrator defines the IPaddress of the router for the printer. Only if
the router IP-address is known by the printer
it is possible for the printer to send
information via the network back to devices
which are located in another segment of the
network.
RS232 Interface
Computer interface to convert computer

internal parallel data into serial data and vice
versa. The interface is defined via RS232
(Recommended Standard).
RS232 cable
Cable following the RS232 standard

(Recommended Standard) to connect two
RS232 interfaces (for example connection
between modem and PC).
S
SCSI
Small Computer Systems Interface.
Service Interface
RS232 Interface at the printer.
Service key
Service tool.
Used to bridge safety switches to make it
possible to control all the devices despite the
device is opened.
Chapter 12 / 8
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
SMPTE
Society of Motion Picture and Television

Engineers.
The printer is able to print out the black/white
test image named after the SMPTE for test
purposes.
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.

Protocol to send e-mails between computers
in the internet.
SQM
Service Quality Management.
T
TCP/IP
Transport Control Protocol / Internet Protocol.

Widespread network protocol.
Telnet
A network protocol that provides for logging in

to a network computer system.
TIF
Tagged Image Format.

A standard format to store pixel oriented
images. GIF and JPG are more and more
superseding TIF.
TH
Abbreviation of Thermal Print Head.
THEMIS board
Board on the MEC Board. Contains among

other things the power PC processor and the
Fire wire interface to the Crius CPU.
Thermal Print Head
Resistor line that transfers the image to the

film.
U
USB
Universal Serial Bus.

PC bus system to attach peripherals like
scanner, keyboards etc. to PC's. Data rate
12 Mb/s and up to 480 Mb/s for USB-2.
UTP
Unshielded Twisted Pair.

A network cable where the wires are twisted
and without additional shielding.
V
VDE
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker.

Association of German Electro-Technicians
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 9
DD+DIS008.04E
XT
Chapter 12 / 10
X-Terminal.
An Agfa program for serial data
communication between two computers.
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
Key Word Index

Error codes
Camshaftmodule 3.3-EC-16
CoolingFanmodule 3.3-EC-21
DisplayKeypadmodule 3.3-EC-23
DrumDrivemodule 3.3-EC-8
InputSensormodule 3.3-EC-17
InputTraymodule 3.3-EC-12
OSBmodule 3.3-EC-20
Outputmodule 3.3-EC-9
Pickupmodule 3.3-EC-14
PowerSupplymodule 3.3-EC-6
PrintDrummodule 3.3-EC-22
TPHmodule 3.3-EC-19
Vilismodule 3.3-EC-2
---A--Air filter
Replacement 3.5-17
---B--Backup
Save Configuration 1-29
---C--Calibration
Automatic film calibration 1-14
CDM 9-21. 3.6-11
Density reproduction check 9-18. 3.6-8
Film Calibration 9-17. 3.6-6
Macro TPH profile Calibration 3.6-13
TPH alignment 3.6-3
TPH replacement 3.6-2
---F--Front cover
Replacement 3.5-1
Functional description
Error handling 2-5
Film run 2-4
Software 2-5
Technical data 2-2
Cam shaft drive

Replacement 3.5-85
Cam shaft gear wheel

Replacement 3.5-89
Cleaning the print head 9-15

Cleaning the print head resistor line 9-15.
3.3-19
---I--Infocounter 9-5
Reset 9-23
Codings
Fuses 3.4-1
LEDs 3.4-1
Compact Flash card
Input block module

Replacement 3.5-53
Replacement 3.5-21
Covers
Replacement 3.5-69
Input tray
Replacement 3.5-1
---D--Drum drive module

Replacement 3.5-78
---E--Error catalogue 3.3
Replacement 3.5-60
Installation
Checklist 1-3
Film loading 1-10. 1-9. 1-9
Installation Checklist 1-32
Prerequisites 1-3
Printer hook up 1-24
Printer Installation Wizard 1-15
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 11
DD+DIS008.04E
Printer settings set-up 1-19

Printer set-up 1-6
Removal of transport protection locks 1-34
---K--Key-operator
Local keypad 3.2-5

Replacement 3.5-19
---L--Left side cover

Replacement 3.5-8
Logging
Get files 3.2-35
Setup 3.2-33
View 3.2-36
---M---
Replacement 3.5-57
Power supply
Replacement 3.5-43
Print drum module

Replacement 3.5-73
---R--Reference diagrams
E-labels 4-4
Fans 4-4
Motors 4-4
PCBs 4-4
Sensors 4-2
Right side cover

Replacement 3.5-5
---S--Safety
Check after work 3.1-6
General instructions 1-1
Machine-specific 3.1-1
Maintenance 9-1
Service work 3.1-4
Supplementary ground cable 3.1-3
Main board (VILIS - Themis)

Replacement 3.5-39

Replacement 3.5-35

Replacement 3.5-66
Safety switch
Replacement 3.5-24
Maintenance
Cleaning material 9-3
Infocounter analysis 9-4
Interview of the customer 9-4
Power OFF 9-11
Power ON 9-17
View general reports 9-10
Safety Switch 3.1-2

Service PC
Configuration 3.2-3
Service tools
Show errors and warnings 3.2-18
use 3.2-18
---O---
Software installation 3.2-30
OSB switch board
---T---
Replacement 3.5-46
Thermal print head unit
Output module
Replacement 3.5-55
Output tray cover

Replacement 3.5-13
---P--Pick up module
Chapter 12 / 2
Replacement 3.5-81
Tools
DICOM profile editor 3.2-39
Infocounter 3.2-19
Logging 3.2-33
Maintenance actions 3.2-32
Mandatory 3.2-1
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
Optional 3.2-2
Printer terminal 3.2-47
Software 3.2-4
Test images 3.2-25
View general info 3.2-38
WebPages 3.2-6
Troubleshooting procedures
Image quality 3.3-11
System info on film 3.3-9
---W--Webpages
Top cover module
Connectivity tools 3.2-16

General information 3.2-13
Module Repair 3.2-17
Remote sessions 3.2-14
Service level 3.2-12
Replacement 3.5-11
TPH cooling fan

Replacement 3.5-48
TPH flat cable

Replacement 3.5-29
Troubleshooting
Flow chart 3.3-1
Symptoms 3.3-3
Tools 3.3-2
WebPages
Setup 3.2-7
WebPages setup
Connections 3.2-7
DRYSTAR 5300
(Typ 5365/100)
Chapter 12 / 3
Chapter 12 / 2
DRYSTAR 5300
(Type 5365/100)
DD+DIS008.04E
Type 5365 / 100

POWER
Order no.: DD+DIS008.04E
DRYSTAR 5300
1st Edition
ReadMeFirst
Service Manual for Download
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services

This document describes how to
add the order list for documentation.
print.
add comments.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
06-2008
Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a

printed manual. See section 1.
ReadMeFirst
Integrating the Order List for Documentation

IMPORTANT:
The order list for documentation is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the order list for documentation:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.
(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select Order list and Front page PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation.
(3) Download the order list for documentation to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.
Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual
IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if
available.
Some pages especially circuit diagrams for equipment have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.

06-2008
Page 2 of 5
ReadMeFirst
2.1
Printing single Pages or Chapters

To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:
(1)
Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2)
Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.
Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar

(3)
Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.
(4)
Select "Print".
(5)
Select the page range.
(6)
Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7)
Select OK.
Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters

06-2008
Page 3 of 5
ReadMeFirst
NOTE:
Shrink to printable area may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
reduce to printer margins or shrink oversized pages to paper size.
2.2
Printing the complete Service Manual

To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:
(1)
Select "Print".
(2)
Select All.
(3)
Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"

(see NOTE above).
(4)
Select OK.
Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual
Adding Comments
If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.
Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar

06-2008
Page 4 of 5
ReadMeFirst
3.1
Exporting your Comments

NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
Figure 5: Drop down menu Comment & Markup
3.2
(2)
Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3)
Select Options - Export Selected Comments.
(4)
Save the file with any name.
Importing Comments
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
(2)
Select Options - Import Comments.
(3)
Browse for the comments file and press select.
NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.

06-2008
Page 5 of 5

Agfa Drystar-5300 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Agfa Drystar-5300 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Technical

Type 5365 / 100

1 Piece WQ93Q MA1

printed in Germany 03 / 2004

Type 5365 / 100

1 Piece WQ93Q MA1

To order spare parts and

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 3760

Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified

AGFA-GEVAERT AG - MI CSO / Information & Projects

printed in Germany 03 / 2004

Pictograms and Conventionen for this Documentation

Orderlist, List of effective

Controls, Connections and

Meaning of the Pictograms

Repair and Service

3.1 Machine specific safety

Reference and Circuit

Spare Parts List

Explanation for an action,

Switch on the device

Switch on the device

Activity with the mouse or return

11. Installation Planning

Double click the icon

required text entry via key

12. Glossary and Key Word Index

Enter vips and click on

10. Fieldservice Bulletins

Generic Safety Directions

Document No: DD+DIS238.06E

Generic Safety Directions

Purpose of this Document

Updated table with laser classification to latest changes of the

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Agfa Company Confidential

Document Node ID: 11849633

Copyright 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Generic Safety Directions

Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Generic Safety Directions

USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6

System Labels ......................................................................................... 7

System Labels concerning Laser Radiation ............................................ 8

PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10

INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11

QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12

CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13

ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17

RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18

GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 20

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 22

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 23

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 26

Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Generic Safety Directions

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE